0% found this document useful (0 votes)

7 views

User Guide 3300

Uploaded by

Eduardo Henrique

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

7 views

User Guide 3300

Uploaded by

Eduardo Henrique

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 285

FedEx Ship Manager® Software

User Guide
Version 3300
Welcome!
Whether you are new to FedEx Ship Manager® Software or have been using it for years, you’ll appreciate
that this latest version has been designed to help you process shipments more easily, quickly and
conveniently.

This User Guide is a complete reference to the features and benefits of FedEx
Ship Manager Software, and guides you through everything it has to offer — from
common tasks such as shipping, tracking and reporting to more involved
operations, such as integrating your existing customer database or shipping
dangerous goods.
Simply follow the clickable navigation within this PDF for quick and easy access to
comprehensive information on how to use FedEx Ship Manager Software to accomplish
your business shipping goals.
For support throughout your FedEx Ship Manager Software experience, use the
Help menu in the application, click the fedex.com link available within the
application or contact your FedEx representative for additional assistance.
Thank you for choosing FedEx Ship Manager Software. Now, enjoy the
experience of easier, faster, more efficient shipping.
Before YouBegin
Minimum System Requirements Technical Support
• Intel® i5 recommended. In the U.S. and Canada, dial 1.877.339.2774. Help Links
• 4 GB RAM recommended (512 MB RAM minimum). Select Help Topics from the Help drop-down menu
• 5 GB disk space recommended (1 GB minimum). or click underlined (hyperlinked) field names.

• Microsoft® Windows® Server 2008, Microsoft® Windows® 7 or Microsoft® FedEx Bulletin Board
Windows® 8 and Windows® 8.1, Microsoft® Windows 8 Pro, Microsoft®
Select Service Bulletin Board from the Utilities drop-down menu
Windows 8.1 Pro, Microsoft® Windows 8 Enterprise, Microsoft® Windows 8.1
to view messages from FedEx.
Enterprise, Microsoft® Windows Server 2012 (Standard Edition), Microsoft®
Windows Server 2012 R2 (Standard Edition), Microsoft® Windows 10, FedEx Website
Microsoft® Windows Server 2016.
For the latest information about FedEx, click fedex. com at the top of
• FedEx Ship Manager Software is compatible with 32-bit and 64-bit the FedEx Ship Manager Soft- ware screen to go on to the FedEx
operating systems. Microsoft .NET Framework website. Then click on any link to explore the latest features and news
4.5.2 or later is a prerequisite for software installation. from FedEx.
• LAN or DSL internet access recommended.
• 4X CD-ROM or higher. (CD-Writer recommended for
Backup/Restore)
• Microsoft® Internet Explorer® v. 11.
• Available port if you are using a thermal printer.
• Laser and/or inkjet printer for reports and labels.
• Screen resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels recommended (screen
resolution of 800 x 600 pixels minimum).
• Adobe® Reader 8.1 or higher.

Note: A screen magnification of 100% is recommended for optimum viewing.

1
Benefits That Fit Your DailyNeeds

On the Shipping Dock In the Office Or in Accounting

Ship within U.S. and Canada Ship Ship within U.S. and Canada Print Reports Customize
Internationally Ship Internationally Track Reports Monitor Rates
Meet International Requirements Check Addresses Bill Customers
Send Multiple Items in One Send Email Notifications Print Shipment Receipts Courtesy Rate
Shipment
Manage Returns Quotes
Store and Reuse Shipping Data Reprint Labels
Access to Shipping History
FedEx® Global Returns Email Return Labels
Customized Shipping Lists View Transit
Pharmacy Delivery Special Request Times
Increase the Screen Font Size

Click on any of the links above to learn more about individual features.

2
Contents
Click on any of the links below and throughout this guide to learn more about individual features.

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert

For most FedEx Ship Manager Tools for even more Options to maximize the value
Software users efficiency of FedEx Ship Manager
Software

Ship Track Customize Your ShippingProfiles Select Customize Reports

Meet International Requirements Manage Special Service Options Access Your Integrate Your Systems
Returns Shipping Databases Send a Multiple-Piece
Generate Reports Close at Shipment Use the Hold File
End-of-Day FedEx SmartPost® (U.S. Only)

3
1 Essentials
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Ship
View Transit Times
Every shipment’s journey starts here. To ship within the U.S. and Canada, or to
an international destination, begin with Shipment details. The following pages Look up the transit time when creating a shipment to obtain the best
guide you through the four main sections of the Shipment details screen: shipping method for your needs.
• Recipient information • Customized Shipping Lists
• Sender information Select what shipping information you want to include on
the final shipping list.
• Package and shipment details
• LTL Freight Shipment Templates
• Billing details
Create, save, or modify an entire or partially populated shipment template
In addition, these key features make shipping easier and more
for future use.
accurate:
• To prepare a return shipment, refer to the Manage Returns section.
• Address Book – Populates recipient information automatically to
save time and keystrokes • To create FedEx Freight shipping labels and the Bill of Lading for FedEx
Freight less–than–truckload (LTL) shipments, refer to FedEx Freight.
• Group Shipments – Speeds the shipping process when you send the
same type of package to multiple recipients • To use keyboard shortcuts for a variety of FedEx Ship Manager®
Software functions, refer to Function Keys at the end of this section.
• FedEx® Address Checker – Verifies street level recipient
address information
• Special Service Options – Convenient access to the special services
shortcut menu panel right from the Shipment details page.
• Custom Label Enhancements – Easily apply a logo, images, barcode
promotional message and more to your shipping labels.
•

User Guide - 1 Essentials 2

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Save Time Before You Ship

FedEx Ship Manager Software can do more of the work
- saving you time and keystrokes as well as making the information on the screen
easier to read.

Setting Shipping Preferences

You may set shipping preferences for references, package type, package
weight and dimensions, service type and more. FedEx Ship Manager
Software automatically populates the associated fields, based on the
recipient and sender selected for the shipment.
Refer to the Recipient Preferences instructions under Address Book or
Shipping Profiles for detailed instructions.
Note: Recipient preferences override sender preferences selected in Shipping Profiles
for the same field.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 3

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Time-Saving Features, Continued

Remove Scale Time-out
To further streamline your shipping experience, you have the option to configure To generate a courtesy rate quote report, follow these steps:
the length of time you need to process a shipment before an error is displayed. 1. Click Reports tab.
There are 5 options that you may choose from.
2. Select Courtesy Rate Quote Report.
To access scale time out functionality, follow these steps:
3. Select Screen or Print to generate the report. A Courtesy Rate Quote
1. Click Customize. Report displays outlining the details of your quote.
2. Click System Setting. Note: Courtesy Rates are displayed to correspond with the currency of the country of the origin meter. The List
Rate column shall only display if either Domestic and/or International List Rates are enabled within System
3. Click Modify. Settings.
4. On the Scale Time-out, choose from the following options:
• 15 seconds
• 30 seconds
• 60 seconds
• 5 minutes
• Never

Courtesy Rate Quote Report

Generate a report of past shipments that includes the courtesy rate. This
feature will allow you to obtain a breakout of charges (including
surcharges, any special service charges, shipping rate, discount etc.)

User Guide - 1 Essentials 4

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Time-Saving Features, Continued

Increase the Screen Font Size
You have the option of increasing the standard screen font size to two additional
magnifications: large or larger allowing you to read screens with more ease.
To increase the screen font size, follow these steps:
1. Click Customize on the Ship tab menu bar.
2. Scroll down to System Settings on the pull down menu and click modify.
3. Click Font Size in the Interface Preferences menu and select your
preferred size from the Standard, Larger or Largest font size options on
the pull down menu and click OK.
FedEx Ship Manager will now restart and the font size shall be applied to all
screens.
Note: The selected font size will be saved across all backups, restarts and upgrades. When applied to a
network client configuration, the setting shall be saved independently for each client server.
If larger font sizes are selected, you will have the ability to scroll up and down the screen.

While the font size will impact all screens, some items such as check boxes, radio buttons, and calendar
controls will not be impacted by the change.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 5

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Time-Saving Features, continued Note: The rate quote detail will not display all rate quotes for selected options if the service type is filled in. In case
of 0.0 rates, FedEx Ship Manager will not process the shipment and will prompt to download the rates manually.
View Transit Times This message will be displayed only if you have configured to display the message on Customize User Prompt
screen.
Research a transit time for your shipments quickly and easily. View and compare
shipping rates to obtain the best price and most expedient service for your needs The maximum transit time is used when calculating the transit time for FedEx SmartPost® shipments.
to ensure that all of your packages get to their destination on time. Transit times for FedEx Express® Freight shipments will only be available for display if a valid weight of 151 lbs. or
more is entered and the number of packages is equal to 1 or more.
To generate a transit time, follow these steps:
Transit Time option is available for all the payment types even when rate quotes are not requested or not
1. Click Ship tab. available for your shipment.

2. Click Shipment details tab. If delivery date is not valid nor available for the postal code selected, an error message “Delivery date
unavailable” is displayed.
3. Complete Recipient Information fields.
4. Complete Sender Information fields
5. In Package and Shipment Details enter number of packages, weight,
select service and package type from the drop down menu, and enter ship
date.
6. To get rate quotes and transit times select 1-Sender in the “Bill
transportation to” field located on the drop down menu in the Billing details
section of thescreen.
7. Click Rate Quote and Transit Times button at the bottom of the Shipment
Details page.
8. After a successful completion of the web service call, the Transit Times
dialog box displays, featuring a group box with available options.
9. Click View All Services button to display additional options.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 6

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Time-Saving Features, continued

LTL Freight Shipment Templates
To create an LTL Freight Shipment Template, follow these easy to use steps:
1. Click LTL Freight tab.
2. Fill out Origin/Destination, Shipment Details, Options/ Instructions, Ship
Alert and Pickup information.
3. Click Save As LTL Freight Template button at the bottom of the LTL Freight
details page.
4. Create LTL Freight Template ID for future use.
5. You can use your LTL Freight Template by accessing the LTL Freight
Template ID drop down menu from the Origin/ Destination page for LTL
Freight.
Note: This feature is located using the bottom navigation tabs under the LTL Freight tab. But once saved, you can
easily select a saved template from the Origin/ Destination tab to quickly auto-populate all fields saved in the
template.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 7

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Recipient Information
Start your shipment in the Recipient information section on the Shipment details
screen.
Required fields appear in bold type on the screen and may vary
depending upon your shipment details.
The following fields and options display in the Recipient
information section:
• Ship to group
• Hold
• Recipient ID
• Country
• Contact name | Company name
• Address 1 | Address 2
• Postal code
• State/Province
• City
• Telephone | Ext
• Tax ID/EIN (International only)
• Location #
• This is a residential address
• Save in/update my address book
• Auto Track

User Guide - 1 Essentials 8

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Recipient Information,
continued
Ship to group
Select the Ship to group check box when you ship the same type of package to
more than one recipient.
Refer to Group Shipments to prepare group shipments and set group preferences.

Hold
Select the Hold check box to save a shipment in the Hold File and ship it later. Refer to
Hold File for detailed instructions on using this feature.

Recipient ID
The Recipient ID is a unique identifier, such as a nickname or customer number,
assigned to a recipient and saved in your Address Book. When you select a Recipient
ID, the information from your address book automatically populates the recipient fields.
Note: If Hold file lookup displays instead of Recipient ID, click Hold file lookup to switch to Recipient ID.

To use a Recipient ID
1. Select an existing recipient from the Recipient ID menu. A globe icon
identifies international recipients. Refer to Customize Recipient ID List
to select the fields that display in the Recipient ID menu.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 9

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Recipient Information, continued

2. To search for an existing recipient, click binoculars . Refer to the
Address Book Search instructions. Note: Once you provide the required recipient information, you can click the FedEx Address Checker check
mark beside the Address 1 field to verify the accuracy of the recipient’s address. Refer to the FedEx
To create a new recipient, enter a new ID in the Recipient ID field, up to 25 Address Checker section for more information.
characters, or make changes to an existing recipient. Refer to
Add a Recipient when Shipping. A message is displayed for shipments containing “PO Box” in the Address Line. The message prompts for
addresses if it includes or excludes spaces or punctuation.
Note: The Save in/update my address book check box is selected automatically when you use a Recipient ID.
Deselect this option if you do not want to save updated information to the Address Book.

Country
Select the destination country. This field is required for all
shipments.
Contact name | Company name
Enter the recipient’s contact or company name, up to 35
characters. All shipments require at least one of these fields.
Address 1 | Address 2
1. Enter the recipient’s primary street address on line 1, up
to 35 characters. This field is required for all shipments.
2. Enter additional address information (e.g., suite number)
on line 2, up to 35 characters. This field is optional.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 10

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Postal Code Requirement for Postal Aware Countries Auto-populate City and State/Province
To set your system to auto-populate the City and State/ Province fields for
The postal code is required for international shipments if the destination country
U.S. and Canadian recipients when you enter a postal code, refer to System
supports postal codes. To access the current postal code for your shipment’s
Settings.
destination country, follow these steps:
The Auto Populate City/State option appears on the System Settings screen under
1. Click binoculars icon next to the Postal code field on the Shipment
the 2-FedEx Customer Admin tab in the Shipping Screen section. You can select
details screen. The Valid Postal Code List screen is displayed.
this option at any time during your shipping process without having to restart the
2. Select your shipment’s destination and click OK. The current postal software.
code for the selected destination populates the Postal code field.
3. Enter the remaining required information to complete your shipment. You can State /Province
also manually enter the recipient’s postal code, up to 15 characters. The
destination country you choose determines which field name is displayed. Select the recipient’s state or province, or enter the 2-character
abbreviation.
• A postal code is required for all U.S. andCanadian recipients.
• A postal code is required for international shipments if the destination • State is required for all U.S. destinations and optional for international
country supports postal codes. destinations.
If you do not enter a postal code for a postal aware country, a warning displays • Province is required for all Canadian destinations and optional for
that the recipient country is postal aware and entry of a postal code is highly international destinations.
recommended. Refer to the Postal Code Formats for a list of postal aware
countries and their postal code formats. City
Select the recipient’s city, or enter manually, up to 35
characters. This field is required for all shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 11

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Recipient Information, continued

Telephone | Ext
Enter the recipient’s telephone number, up to 15 characters. You can include Tax ID number.
an optional extension number, up to 6 characters.
FedEx Ship Manager Software provides a Tax ID validation routine to determine if the
• For U.S. destinations, a telephone number may be required for return number entered is in the correct format.
shipments and certain special service options, such as C.O.D. and Hold at
Location #
Location.
Enter a store location number, up to 10 characters, for FedEx Ground®
• For all international destinations, a telephone number is required. shipments.
Tax ID/EIN (International only) Although this field is available for all service types, it is only used for FedEx
Enter the recipient’s Tax ID number, when required, up to 15 characters. Ground to help FedEx deliver packages to the correct address when businesses
have multiple locations and a similar address.
This field is required for Brazilian destinations and is optional
for all other destinations. Note: This field is called Recipient Location # in the menus on the Doc Tab Configuration screen. To configure
doc-tabs, refer to Customize Doc-Tabs.

Tax ID requirements for Brazil

This is a residential address
Shipments to Brazil require a valid Brazilian Tax ID number for customs
clearance. Missing or incorrect information stops your shipment before Select the This is a residential address check box if you are shipping
clearance. If correct information is not provided within 5 working days after your to a residential address.
shipment arrives in Brazil, the shipment is returned at the shipper’s expense.
Save in/update my address book
Commercial shipments require a 14-digit Brazilian Tax ID number. Residential Select the Save in/update my address book check box to save or
shipments require an 11-digit Brazilian update recipient information in your Address Book.
This check box is only available when using a Recipient ID and is checked
automatically by default.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 12

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Recipient Information, continued Code Country # Characters Format

AU Australia 4 NNNN
Postal Code Formats AT Austria 4 NNNN
BE Belgium 4 NNNN
FedEx recommends using the appropriate postal code BR Brazil 8 NNNNNNNN
formats for the countries listed to the right. CA Canada 6 ANA NAN
CN China 6 NNNNNN
N = Numeric characters A = CO Colombia 6 NNNNNN
Alphabetic characters DK Denmark 4 NNNN
FI Finland 5 NNNNN
FR France 5 NNNNN
Note: Colombia has been supported as a postal aware country in FedEx DE Germany 5 NNNNN
Ship Manager since September 29, 2014. The proper 6 digit postal code GR Greece 5 NNNNN
should be entered for any recipients with a Colombia address. ID Indonesia 5 NNNNN
IN India 6 NNNNNN
IT Italy 5 NNNNN
JP Japan 7 NNNNNNN
LU Luxembourg 4 NNNN
MY Malaysia 5 NNNNN
MX Mexico 5 NNNNN
NL Netherlands 4 NNNN
NO Norway 4 NNNN
PH Philippines 4 NNNN
PR Puerto Rico 5 NNNNN
PT Portugal 5 NNNN
RU Russia 6 NNNNNN
SG Singapore 6 NNNNNN
ZA South Africa 4 NNNN
KR South Korea 5 NNNNN
ES Spain 5 NNNNN
SE Sweden 5 NNNNN
CH Switzerland 4 NNNN
TH Thailand 5 NNNNN
TR Turkey 5 NNNNN
US United States 5 NNNNN
GB United Kingdom 5 ANNAA
GB United Kingdom 6 ANNNAA
GB United Kingdom 6 ANANAA
GB United Kingdom 6 AANNAA
GB United Kingdom 7 AANANAA
GB United Kingdom 7 AANNNAA

User Guide - 1 Essentials 13

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Recipient Information, continued

Customize Recipient ID List
You can customize the fields that display in the Recipient ID list. For example, you
may want to select Location # and State/ Province to better identify chain stores
within a state.
If you do not select additional fields to display, only the Recipient ID and
Company fields will be displayed.
To designate additional fields to display:
1. Select Recipient list from the Customize menu.
2. Select Add Column 3 and select the field to display in the
third column.
3. Repeat these steps for columns 4 and 5 to display
additional fields.
4. Click OK when you have finished selecting additional fields.

Automatic Tracking (Auto Track)

This feature gives you the ability to request automatic tracking updates be sent
directly to your Shipment Details screen. With the ability to Auto Track up to 25
shipments at a time, keeping up with the status of your shipments has never been
easier.
1. Click Ship | Shipment details tab.
2. Select Auto-Track checkbox. Shipments will then be displayed at the
bottom of the Shortcuts panel, belowthe Special Services groupbox.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 14

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Sender Information
The Sender information section on the Shipment details screen displays
the current sender and allows you to change the sender and return
address.
Save time and keystrokes when preparing your shipments by
assigning Shipping Profiles to individual senders.
Note: Recipient preferences override sender preferences that have been selected in Shipping Profiles for
the same field.
Refer to Recipient Preferences for more information.

The following fields display in the Sender information

section:
• Current sender
• Change sender
• Change return address
Note: You can add, view, edit and delete senders in the Sender database. You can also print sender reports.
To access the database, select Sender from the Databases menu and refer to Database Functions.

For detailed instructions on importing and exporting senders, refer to

Databases.
To learn more about the enhanced search capabilities of the data filters
within the sender database refer to the information on the Filter for Sender
Database page.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 15

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Sender Information,
continued
Current sender
The Current sender serves as the default sender in the Sender database.
If the sender has a shipping profile, the profile preferences are applied. Refer
to Customize for information on setting preferences and creating shipping
profiles.
To assign the Current sender:
1. Select Sender from the Databases menu. The View
Senders screen is displayed.
2. Select the sender you want as the default sender then
click Current sender button to the right of the list.
3. Click OK.
Change sender
If the current sender shown on the Shipment details screen is not the actual
sender, select the correct sender from the Change sender menu. To assign the default for Return address:

Change return address 1. Select Sender from the Databases menu. The View Senders screen
is displayed.
To print the return address information on the shipping label, leave the default as
Current sender or select a different return address from the Change return 2. Select Return address check box at the top right of the screen.
address menu. 3. Select the sender you want as the default sender for the return address then
click Return address to the right of the list.
4. Click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 16

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details

Enter specific package and shipment information — such as service
type, package type, dimensions and more — in the Package and
shipment details section.
Required fields appear in bold type on the screen and may vary
depending on your origin, destination and other shipment details.
Save time and keystrokes by setting preferences such as package type,
dimensions and service type. Refer to the Recipient Preferences
instructions and Shipping Profiles.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 17

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

The following fields and options display in the Package Additional fields are available for international

and shipment details section: shipments:

• Number of packages • Package contains
• Identical packages • Document Description
• Weight • Currency type
• Service type • Total carriage value
• Package type • Total Customs Value
• Package dimensions
• Ship date
• Saturday Delivery
User Guide - 1 Essentials 18
• Declared value
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Package contains (International only)
This field displays two options for international shipments. Weight
• Click Document when shipping documents (e.g., 1. Enter the weight of the package.
reports, financial records, correspondence). 2. If there is more than one package in the shipment, enter the weight of the
• Click Commodity/Merchandise when shipping commodities or first package or the total shipment weight.
merchandise. Commodities may be assessed duties and taxes, as 3. If you are preparing an international shipment or an intra- Canada shipment,
well as require a Commercial Invoice. select the weight type (lbs or kgs).
Refer to Meet International Requirements for detailed instructions on
shipping documents and commodities/ merchandise and preparing
customs documents.

Number of packages
1. Enter 1 or more. If you are shipping multiple packages, refer to Multiple-
Piece Shipments (MPS) for instructions.
2. If you are shipping more than one package and all packages have the
same weight, service type, and package type, select the Identical
packages check box. You do not have to use the Multiple-Piece Shipment
Information screen for identical packages.
Identical packages in an international shipment must also have the same
carriage value.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 19

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

The minimum package dimensions are 1"x1"x1" for FedEx Express®
Service type •
shipments.
Select a FedEx® service from the Service type menu. In the Service type drop-
down menu on the Package and shipment details screen, the U.S. services are • The order of the package dimensions is automatically corrected before you
displayed alphabetically in ascending order. The available U.S. services listed receive a courtesy rate quote. FedEx Ship Manager Software automatically
depend on the shipment’s destination ZIP code. assigns the largest dimension to Length, the second largest to Width and the
third largest to Height.
For FedEx service definitions and commitments, refer to the
FedEx Service Guide at fedex.com. • Based on the dimensions provided, the dimensional weight for the shipment
is determined. If the dimensional weight is more than the actual shipment
Package type weight, the dimensional weight is displayed at the bottom of the ship screen
1. Select a FedEx package type or select 1-Your Packaging. next to the rate quote amount.
Note: Shipping dimensions are no longer required for all international
2. The Package type menu includes multiple package types to meet shipments.
clearance requirements for the following shipments:
• between the U.S. and Canada
• from the U.S. to Puerto Rico
• from Puerto Rico to Canada

Package dimensions
The Package dimensions field activates when you select 1-Your Packaging
as the Package type. You can select preset dimensions or enter dimensions
manually.
Note: To save preset dimensions in your Dimensions database, refer to Database Functions.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 20

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Ship date
The Ship date is the date you give your package to FedEx. To change the ship
date:
1. Click calendar to select a future ship date. The View/Edit Ship
Date screen is displayed.
2. Select a future ship date and click OK. You can ship FedEx Express
up to 10 days from today and FedEx Ground any number of days in the
future.
3. If you are shipping only one package with the future ship date, select
Apply to this package only. Theship date automatically returns to the
current date when you complete the future shipment.
4. If you are shipping more than one package with a future ship date,
change the ship date back to the current date after you ship each
Document Description (International only)
package with the future date.
If you are shipping documents such as letters, statements or reports to an international
destination, select a customs-approved Document Description that best applies to your
Saturday Delivery document. If the appropriate description for your document is not listed, enter your own
Select Saturday Delivery to deliver your FedEx Express shipment on Saturday, description in the free-form field, up to 135 characters.
if applicable. This option displays when available for your ship date, service type The complete description prints on the Commercial Invoice or the Proforma Invoice, and
and destination. the first 60 characters print on the shipping label.
Refer to Meet International Requirements for more information on shipping single and
multiple documents.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 21

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Currency type
Select the currency type for the carriage value.
Note: Currency type for Latvia (LV) and Lithuania (LT) is updated to the Euro (EUR).
For FedEx Express shipments, the menu displays all currency types allowed by the
destination country.
Declared value
The FedEx limits of liability stated in the FedEx Service Guide applies unless you
enter a higher amount. There is an additional fee to declare a higher value. Enter
the declared value for packages within the U.S. and Canada or the carriage value
for international shipments. If a FedEx Express or FedEx Ground domestic
shipment or a FedEx International Ground® shipment contains more than one
package and all packages are identical, the declared value entered in this field is
the declared value for each individual package. If a FedEx Express international
shipment contains more than one package and all packages are identical, the
declared value entered in this field is the total declared value for all of the
packages.
Increased Maximum Declared Value Amount for FedEx Ground and FedEx
Home Delivery®
FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery return shipments of fragile or
extraordinarily valuable items may now request increased declared value of up to
$1,000 for print, email and manual PRP labels and up to $50,000 for FedEx
Ground® Call Tag shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 22

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Total carriage value
Enter the Total carriage value for your shipment. The carriage value is the
maximum liability of FedEx for loss, delay or damage to the shipment. FedEx Ship Manager Software expands the FedEx Third Party Consignee service
option globally to include Canada and the Europe, Middle East and Africa region.
For information about maximum carriage values, applicable fees and terms The software also enhances the FedEx Third Party Consignee features
governing FedEx liability, refer to the FedEx Service Guide at fedex.com. of service by matching them to the international express services Features of
Service.
For more information about customs value, refer to the FedEx Service Guide at
Total Customs Value (International only) fedex.com.
Enter the Total Customs Value for international document shipments.
The minimum customs value is US/CAN $1 for shipments to Armenia,
Australia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Canada, China, Czech Republic, Georgia,
Indonesia, Japan, Kyrgyzstan,
Moldova, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Philippines, Russia,
Slovak Republic, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan.
FedEx Ship Manager Software expands the FedEx® Third Party Consignee
chargeable special service to Vietnam allowing you to mask the carriage and
customs values on the air waybill and have the Commercial Invoice detached
from the shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 23

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Accessing Special Options

FedEx Ship Manager Software increased screen resolution from 800 x 600
pixels to 1024 x 768 pixels to accommodate additional shipping features. The
increased screen size allows you to easily select special options and
additional reference fields all from the Shipment details screen.
The special options are displayed on the Shipment details screen or Return
shipment details screen reflect the available special options for the service you
select.
Note: The secondary special options grid that displays on the Options screen or Return options screen
specifically for FedEx Ground® shipments is not reflected on the Shipment details screen or the Return
shipment details screen. All other screens and dialog boxes are expanded and fields are spaced ac-
cording to the available new space.

You can access the Options screen from the Shipment

details screen in two ways:
1. Click Options tab or
2. Click View/Edit Special Service Data Select Signa- ture Options.
The resulting Options screen reflects the available special options for the
service you selected on the Shipment details screen.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 24

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customized Shipping Labels Adding a Custom Label Profile

Increase the visibility of your brand, maximize your sales efforts and more with To add a custom label profile, follow these steps:
our easy-to-use, customizable label options. Now, FedEx Ship Manager
1. Select Custom Label Profiles from the Customize
Software offers custom label options that include adding a barcode, logo,
drop-down menu. The Custom Labels screen is displayed.
images, and text.
This feature allows the common label to remain unaltered and provides you with
2. Click Add and select Custom shipping label profile or Customer label
profile. The selected labelconfiguration screen will be displayed.
a 2” area at the top of the label that is customizable with text and/or graphics.
Additional benefits of this feature include new barcode types, supported for 3. Enter the required information and customize your label by adding a barcode,
the custom portion of thermal shipping labels as well as the larger thermal label box, grid, image, text and/or message. Click OK.
stock (8” and 9”) supported by FedEx Ship Manager Software. 4. Click Print Test Label. If the test label prints correctly, click OK.
Instructions and Process Custom shipping label profile

Any image intended for printing on the shipping label as part of the FedEx
Custom Label program must be approved by FedEx. Proposed logos, meter
number and contact information must be submitted to image
approval@fedex.com for review.
If approved, you will receive a password via email allowing you to upload the
approved logo. The password must be used within the same business day that it
was received. Re- view typically occurs within 48 hours of submission. Any im-
ages that are uploaded or used without approval may result in your shipping Customer label profile

privileges being revoked. FedEx reserves the right to remove any logo at any
time for any reason. You are solely responsible for the content of your logo and
your use of any logo constitutes your agreement to indemnify and hold harmless
FedEx for any claims resulting from such use.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 25

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customized Shipping Labels, continued The Shipping Profiles screen is displayed.

Editing a Custom Label Profile • To customize an existing or default profile, select the profile and click
To edit a custom label profile, follow these steps: View/Edit.

1. Select Custom Label Profilesfrom the Customize • To create a new profile, click Add.
drop-down menu. The custom Labels screen is displayed. • To duplicate an existing or default profile, select the profile and click
2. Select your custom label profile code and clickView/ Edit. The custom Add by duplication.
Label Configuration screen is displayed. 2. The Label Format / Label Stock selection appears in the following Shipping
3. Enter your changes and click OK. Profile Tabs under the Label Format group box:
• Domestic Shipping Profile - 2 - FedEx Express Prefer- ences tab

Selecting a Custom Label Profile During Shipment • Domestic Shipping Profile - 5 - FedEx Ground Prefer- ences tab
Preparation • Domestic Shipping Profile - 6 - FedEx SmartPost
1. Complete shipping information on the shipment details tab. Preferences tab

2. Click Options tab. • International Shipping Profile - 2 - FedExExpress

Preferences tab
3. Select which customs label profile you would like to apply to this
• International Shipping Profile - 4 - FedExGround
shipment.
Preferences tab
Note: This field will be defaulted to what is set in the sender database and can also be edited at ship time.
• LTL Freight Shipping Profile - 2 - FedEx LTL Freight
Preferences tab
Updating Shipping Profiles for Custom Label 4x8 or • Transborder Distribution Shipping Profile - 2 -
4x9 Label Stock FedEx Express Preferences tab
To customize shipping profiles, follow these steps: • Transborder Distribution Shipping Profile - 4 -FedEx
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu. Ground Preferences tab

User Guide - 1 Essentials 26

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customized Shipping Labels, continued

3. Select the appropriate service/tab and update/select Label Format
according to the labels being used for Custom Labels. Available Selecting a Custom Label Profile During
options are: Shipment Preparation
• 4x8 Thermal Label without Doc Tab – Format 434 1. Complete shipping information on the shipment details tab.
• 4x9 Thermal Label with Doc Tab – Format 434 2. Click Options tab.
4. Once selections are made, click OK to go back to the shipping screen. 3. Select which customs label profile you would like to apply to this shipment.
Note: This field will be defaulted to what is set in the sender database and can also be edited at ship time.

Applying Custom Labels to Senders in

Your Address Book
1. Before you create a custom shipping label for your shipment, select Sender
from the Databases drop-down menu. The View Senders screen is
displayed.
2. Select a contact that you would like to include custom labels for and
click View/Edit. The View/Edit Sender screen is displayed.
3. In the Custom label profiles section, select your custom
label profile from the Custom label drop-down menu.
4. Click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 27

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customized Shipping Labels, continued

FedEx SmartPost® Label Standardization
FedEx SmartPost (FXSP) offers effective label design options and lets
you choose what to print (customer reference, 2D or blank space) in the
secondary barcode space on the label. You can also request ground
tracking number by enabling the ‘Generate Ground Tracking Number’
check box.
Note: The ground tracking number, if enabled, will be included in your shipment transactions, but will
not be included in the SmartPost shipping label.

To customize your SmartPost Label, begin here:

1. Access your shipping profiles from the Customize
drop down menu.
2. Select which profile you would like, to customize a
SmartPost Label and click View/Edit.
3. The next screen will display several tabs for
customization. Select Tab 6 - SmartPost Preferences.
4. Tab 6 - SmartPost Preferences will allow you to customize your
SmartPost label to include Doc tab preferences with information that
is important for you and your customer.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 28

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Changing the Order of FedEx Services

FedEx Ship Manager Software has rearranged the order of FedEx services
in the Service type drop-down menu on the Shipment details screen, to
enable you to select the appropriate service for international and intra-
Canada shipments by speed of service (transit time).
While this feature applies to U.S. and Canada outbound international
shipments and intra-Canada shipments, the sort order for FedEx services
within the FedEx® Integration Assistant screens has not changed.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 29

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Access to Shipping History

Save time and operate more efficiently when researching the details of Note: FedEx Ship Manager will search for all closed shipments within the database that match the selected field,
search condition, field value (case insensitive), and optional ship date range. Previous ship results shall not be
previously processed shipments with the new settings options in FedEx Ship saved or displayed.
Manager Software. You may
Wildcard functionality is not supported in the search field.
now search and retrieve shipping history for closed shipments, based on the time
frame you set up to keep past shipment information, without having to create an
additional report. For example, if you set your shipment database to purge after 120
days, then shipments will only be available to view up to 120 days. This functionality
only applies to data collected after you have installed FedEx Ship Manager v.2900
or later software.
To access shipping history, follow these steps:
1. Click Shipping List on Ship tab.
2. Scroll down to Ship History on the Shipping List drop down menu.
3. A new dialog box will display the following values: Search by any of
the following criteria and click OK:
• Recipient ID
• Recipient Contact Name
• Recipient Company
• Recipient City
• Tracking #
• Customer Reference 3
• Invoice #
• P.O. #
• Shipment ID
• Equals
• Begins with
• Ends with
• Contains

User Guide - 1 Essentials 30

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

View Transit Times

Note: The maximum transit time is used when calculating the transit time for FedEx SmartPost
Research a transit time for your shipments quickly and easily. View and shipments.
compare shipping rates to obtain the best price and most expedient service for
Transit times for FedEx Express Freight shipments will only be available for display if a valid weight of 151 lbs.
your needs to ensure that all of your packages get to their destination on time. or more is entered and the number of packages is equal to 1 or more.
To generate a transit time, follow these steps: Transit Time option is available for all the payment types even when rate quotes are not requested or not
available for your shipment.
1. Click Ship tab.
If delivery date is not valid nor available for the postal code selected, an error message “Delivery date
2. Click Shipment Details tab. unavailable” is displayed.
3. Complete Recipient Information fields.
4. Complete Sender Information fields.
5. Enter required information in the Package and Ship- ment Details
fields.
6. Click Rate Quote and Transit Times button at the bottom
of the Shipment Details Page.
7. After a successful completion of the web service call, the Transit
Times dialog box displaysfeaturing a group box with available
options.
8. Click View All Services button to display additional
options.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 31

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customized Shipping Lists

Provide your customers with the vital information that they need such as tracking
numbers, shipping dates, recipient company, city, and more as part of the
shipping list customization functionality that is available with FedEx Ship
Manager. Select from a list of shipping attributes that you would like to see as
part of your final shipping list. Then simply drag and drop columns, from left to
right, in the order that you want the information displayed in.
To customize a shipping list, follow these steps:
1. Click Shipping List on the ship tab.
2. Click International or Domestic.
3. Click Customize to reveal the customization screen.
4. Select the information fields that you would like to be displayed in your
final shipping list from the “Fields Available for Display” listing on the
left side, and click “Add>”, or you may click on the “Add all>>” button
to move all of the available information fields to the
“Fields Displayed” column on the right.
5. You may also use the “<Remove” or “<<Remove all”
button to revise your selections.
6. Click OK.
Note: Recipient Contact Name field can now be added in the Domestic Shipping List.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 32

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Billing Details
The Billing details section of the Shipment details screen offers
comprehensive and flexible features to facilitate easier billing.
Required fields appear in bold type on the screen. Save time and
keystrokes by setting your billing preferences. Refer to Recipient
Preferences and Shipping Profiles for detailed instructions.
The following fields display in the Billing details section
• Information Security Standards — Masking Account Numbers on
Shipping Labels
• Bill transportation to | Acct #
• Bill duties/taxes/fees | Acct # (International only)
• Department notes
• Customer reference
• Add’l handling
• Visibility of Earned Discounts

User Guide - 1 Essentials 33

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Billing Details,
continued
Information Security Standards — Masking Account Numbers on Shipping
Labels
FedEx is committed to promoting a safe and secure environment in which to For international shipments, FedEx Ship Manager Software removes customer
conduct business and deliver superior service to our customers. To that end, the account numbers from the air waybill copy. Customer account numbers are
company has implemented specific information security standards to prevent embedded in the 2D barcode for data retrieval activities via scan.
incidents which could affect a company’s ability to do business or undermine its
Bill transportation to | Acct#
reputation.
Select the account to bill for the shipment. Enter the FedEx billing account
The scope of the information security standards is to reduce risk for FedEx and number if the Acct # field does not populate automatically.
FedEx customers by protecting confidential information that is entrusted to FedEx,
Note: For multiple-piece shipments, complete the required billing information before you enter information on the
and its direct or indirect subsidiaries.
Multiple-Piece Shipment Information screen.
FedEx is extending these standards to further protect customer account numbers
from unauthorized use. As part of this effort, FedEx is limiting the exposure of
Bill duties/taxes/fees | Acct # (International only)
shipper account numbers on shipping labels. The safeguards outlined in this Select the account to bill for the shipment’s duties, taxes and fees for international
document provide direction to help customers avoid the inadvertent release of commodity shipments. Enter the FedEx billing account number if the Acct # field
confidential account information and minimize risks to FedEx and our customers. does not populate automatically.
Go to the Customer Protection Center website fedex.com/us/ security/ to learn FedEx Ground Barcode
more about how FedEx works to help protect you and how you can protect yourself. As of FSM v.3000, upon upgrade or new installs, the FedEx Ground barcode is
FedEx Ship Manager Software and hardware now hide or mask your account encrypted. If you need to have the FedEx Ground barcode in a human readable
number on the shipping labels. For international shipments, duties/taxes/fees print format, the same can be enabled by checking the FedEx 1D Barcode enabled
on the shipping label. checkbox on the 1-Your System Settings dialog under System Settings.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 34

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Billing Details, continued

Department notes
FedEx Ship Manager Software allows you to assign billing for • For international shipments and intra-Canada shipments
your shipments to a specific department of your company. – Customer reference is available. Additional reference
fields are available on the Options screen.
To assign a department:
Note: You can add, view, edit and delete references in the Reference database. You can also print
1. Enter or select a Department ID from the Department notes menu. reference reports. To access the database, select Reference from the Databases menu and refer to
Database Functions. To customize the reference field names, refer to
Note: You can add, view, edit and delete departments in the Department database. You can also print department
Customize Fields.
reports. To access the database, select Department/Notes from the Databases menu and refer to Database
Functions.

2. If you enter a new Department ID in the text field, the Additional handling
View/Edit Department screen displays.
1. Click Additional handling to override your handling charge defaults. The
3. Enter Department Name. Additional handling charges screen displays.
4. Click OK to save the new department in the database. Note: This option activates only if you have set handling charge defaults in your shipping profiles. Refer to
Note: To change the Department notes field name, refer to Customize Fields. Shipping Profiles.

2. Make changes to the fixed and variable amounts

as necessary for your shipment.
Reference fields
3. Click OK to save your changes.
Enter or select reference information, such as Customer reference and P.O.
number, to print on the shipping label. This information can also be used to track
packages.
• For U.S. shipments – Customer reference and one additional
reference field are available. Additional reference fields are available
on the Options screen.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 35

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Billing Details, continued

Visibility of Earned Discounts
Based on your shipping volume and the terms of your FedEx contract, you
may benefit from earned discounts. FedEx Ship Manager Software clearly 3. Select Express Earned and Bonus Discounts
displays your bundled and earned discount rates automatically and includes check box and the Ground Earned Discounts check box, as applicable.
them in your courtesy rate quotes. This feature also provides the option to
display your earned discounts on your doc-tabs (thermal labels) and reports 4. Click OK to download your earned discounts.
and enables export integration capabilities. In addition, you can group Note: You can also select the appropriate check boxes for software updates and tables (as applicable) in the
accounts the way you choose: by nine-digit number, by subgroup or by first section.

nationality.
For new earned discount customers, FedEx Ship Manager Software even
lists earned discounts separately from the grace discounts you receive until
your exact earned discount rate has been computed. Discounts are
automatically downloaded to your system.
To download your earned discounts manually, follow these steps:
1. Select Download from the Utilities menu.The Demand
Download screen is displayed.
2. Click plus symbols (+) to expand the Rates section and the Tracking
Numbers section, as needed.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 36

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Applying List Rates to FedEx® Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.)

FedEx Ship Manager Software enables you to apply
list rates for FedEx Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.) amounts for FedEx Express 8. Select C.O.D. check box. The C.O.D. (Collect on Delivery) Information screen
and FedEx Ground shipments. This feature applies to single-piece shipments displays.
and multiple- piece shipments (MPS), but does not apply for shipments to
Mexico. 9. Enter an amount (e.g., $1.00) in the Amount field.
Note: The FedEx Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.) option is not available for FedEx Express service in 10. Select the appropriate option in the “Freight charges to add to C.O.D.
Canada. amount” drop-down menu.
11. Click OK. If you have entered all shipping information, click
To enable and apply list rates for FedEx Collect on Delivery Ship to process your shipment.
(C.O.D.), follow these steps:
1. Select System Settings from the Customizemenu. The System
Settings – System/Account screen displays.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify. The System
Settings screen displays.
3. Click 2 – FedEx Customer Admin tab.
4. Select Use Domestic List Rates and Use International List
Rates check boxes. When the resulting popup displays, click Yes.
5. Click OK to close the System Settings screen.
6. Enter the required information for your shipment on the Shipment details
screen.
7. Click Options tab. The Options screen displays.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 37

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Downloading International List Rates

FedEx Ship Manager Software now allows you to download FedEx Express Note: The List option displays when you select the Use Domestic List Rates or Use International List Rates
international list rates, FedEx Express U.S. list rates, FedEx Ground list rates and check box. You can select both check boxes, as needed.

FedEx® Transborder Distribution list rates. Dynamic Rate Quote Improvements for FedEx Ground Multiweight® enhancement allows FedEx Ship Manager
to display FedEx Ground Multiweight rate in the dynamic rate preview when multiweight is the lowest rate.
You can display/return these rates via the courtesy rate quote, doc-tabs, validator
You can set the default setting of the Dynamic Rate Preview dropdown to ‘Lowest’ in System Settings.
labels and reporting functions. And you can add fields to customize reports and
doc-tabs. FedEx Express international list rates are available for Canada and Latin
America and the Caribbean. 7. Click OK to save your changes.
Canada-origin shippers can also download list rates for FedEx Collect on Delivery 8. Select Download from the Utilities drop-down menu.
(C.O.D.) amounts for FedEx Ground shipments.
9. Click plus symbol (+) to expand the Rates section.
To download international list rates, follow these steps:
10. Select Express Domestic List Rates, Express International List Rates
1. Select System Settings from the Customize menu.The System Settings – and Ground List Rates check boxes.
System/Account screen displays.
11. Click OK to download your selected rates.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify. The System Settings
screen displays.
3. Click 2 – FedEx Customer Admin tab.
4. In the Exclude From My Shipping Charges section, select the
appropriate check boxes.
5. Select Use Domestic List Rates or Use International List Rates check
box. When the resulting popup displays, click Yes.
6. Select Never, Discount or List from the DisplayDynamic Rate Preview drop-
down menu.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 38

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx International Ground

FedEx understands that your time is valuable and you need easy, accessible • Resolution of customs delays – FedEx Customer Service has full
services that will streamline the often complicated international shipping visibility into customs-clearance cases, allowing improved shipment
process. status.
For shipments between the U.S. and Canada, FedEx International Ground® • Money-back guarantee – FedEx will credit or refund your transportation
service includes: charges if we fail to deliver your Brokerage- Inclusive shipments on the
• Brokerage-inclusive service – This service givesyou one point of scheduled delivery day.
contact, and initiates regulatory clearance while packages are en route to • Door-to-door service – FedEx Ground is the only U.S. carrier that provides
speed up the entire process. door-to-door ground service to every business and residential address in all
10 Canadian provinces, plus the Yukon, Northwest Territories and Nunavut.
• Broker select option (BSO) – If you prefer to use your own broker, you
can add and store your broker information for subsequent shipments.
Select Brokers from the Databases menu and refer to Database
Functions.
• Flexible billing solutions – You have the option to bill duties, taxes and
ancillary fees to the sender, recipient or third party.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 39

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Additional Copies of Shipping Labels Reprinting a Shipping Label from the Document Reprint Screen
You may request an additional copy of a shipping label if the current label is To reprint the shipping label from the Document reprint screen, follow these steps:
damaged, lost or a copy is needed for your customer records. You can now 1. Click Reports tab in the top navigation bar. The 1—Shipment
reprint a shipping label (domestic or international) for FedEx Express, FedEx screen is displayed.
Ground and FedEx SmartPost® shipments without creating a new tracking
number. 2. Click 5 — Document Reprint tab. The Document reprint screen is
displayed.
You can reprint the shipping label from the Shipping list or the Document Reprint
Screen. You can also reprint a shipping label up to two times. You must reprint it 3. Enter or select information in the Search criteria section and click Search.
within 24 hours of the date the shipping label was originally created. 4. Select the appropriate shipment from the Search results section.
Reprinting a Shipping Label from the Shipping List 5. Select Shipping label(Available for print only) checkbox in the Documents
To reprint the shipping label from the Shipping list, follow these steps: available for reprint section. In the Output section, select number of copies
1. Select the appropriate shipment type from the Shipping list drop-down menu. from the Number of Copies drop-down or Number of Shipping Label Copies
If you selected Domestic from the drop-menu and click Print.

drop-down menu. The View Shipped List – Domestic

screen is displayed.
2. Select the appropriate checkbox in the Shipment Type section.
3. Enter your shipping label’s tracking number in the Enter Tracking Number
field and click Search. The search results for your tracking number display in
the results section.
4. Select the appropriate shipment from the results section.
5. Click Reprint Label at the bottom of the screen.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 40

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Address Book
Save time and automate shipping by creating a unique Recipient ID for each
recipient in the Address Book.
You can add, view, edit and delete recipients in the Address Book. You can also
print recipient reports.
To access the Address Book, click the Address Book tab or select Recipient
from the Databases menu.
For detailed instructions on importing and exporting recipients, refer
to Databases.
Refer to the following information in this section to:
• Add a Recipient when Shipping
• Address Book Search
• Setting Recipient Preferences
• Address Checker

User Guide - 1 Essentials 41

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Address Book,
continued
Add a Recipient when Shipping
You can save a new recipient to the Address Book on the
Shipment details screen.
1. Enter a new Recipient ID in the text field in the Recipient information
section on the Shipment details screen.
Note: The Save in/update my address book option is checked automatically when you enter a new
Recipient ID.

2. Enter the required recipient information.

3. Enter the remaining required information for your shipment.
4. The new recipient is saved in your Address Book when you process the
shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 42

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Address Book,
continued
Address Book Search
Search for your recipient in one of two ways:
• Search when Shipping
• Search the Address Book

Search when Shipping

1. On the Shipment details screen, click binoculars next to the Recipient ID
field. The Search Address Book screen is displayed.
2. Enter your search criteria in any field or select from the
Country and State/Province menus.
3. Select the maximum results you want displayed and click Search. The
search results and number of matches display.
4. To ship to a recipient from the search, select the recipient and click Ship
to. The Shipment details screen automatically populates with the recipient
information.
5. Enter the remaining required information to complete your shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 43

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Address Book,
continued
Search the Address Book
1. Click Address Book tab or select Recipient from the Databases
menu. The View Address Book screen displays.
2. Select a field from the Search for menu (e.g., City) and
enter the search criteria in the text box (e.g., Memphis).
3. Click Search. The first occurrence of a recipient that
meets your search criteria appears on the Recipient list.
4. To ship to a recipient from the search, select the recipient and click Ship to.
The Shipment details screen automatically populates with the recipient
information.
5. Enter the remaining required information to complete your shipment.

Using Wild Card Characters

For more powerful search capabilities, enter wild card characters (such as an
asterisk*) in any text field(s) on the Search Address Book screen.
• Searches are not case-sensitive. For example, if you enter M* in the City
field, all recipient cities that begin with either M or m are returned by the
search.
• Any field left blank or unselected is not included in the
search criteria.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 44

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Address Book,
continued
Setting Recipient Preferences
You can customize recipient preferences in your
Address Book and set shipping preferences for details such as service type,
package type and payment type.
To set recipient shipping preferences:
1. Click Address Book tab or select Recipient from the Databases menu.
The View Address Book screen displays.
2. For an existing recipient, select the recipient and click
View/Edit. The View/Edit Recipient screen displays.
For a new recipient, click Add. The Add Recipient screen displays.
3. On either screen, click Recipient preferences. The View/Edit
Recipient Shipping Preferences screen is displayed.
4. Click 1-Domestic field prefs for U.S. and Canada domestic
recipients or 2-International field prefs for international recipients.
5. Select the field to set a preference, such as FedEx Express
Package Type.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 45

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

6. Click Constant as the Behavior and select a field value, such as 4-

FedEx Box. This value automatically populates this field on the
Shipment details screen when you select this recipient. You can press
F11 to override this value.
7. Click OK to save your recipient preferences.
Note: Recipient preferences override sender preferences that have been
selected in Shipping Profiles for the same field.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 46

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Enhancements

Click on the symbol to access the address checker screen.
(U.S. Addresses Only)
FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery enhancements and address validation
improvements (U.S. addresses only) offer you business and residential
classification for your shipments, and provide visibility specifically into FedEx
Ground special service options available for your designated delivery addresses.
Key enhancements include:
• Address Checker enhancements.
• Business/residential classification based on our available
records.
• Visibility to applicable special service options for both Fe- dEx Ground and
FedEx HomeDelivery.
• FedEx® Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.), Hold at FedExLoca- tion and hazardous
materials shipments are allowed via FedEx Ground residential service.
(Hazardous material shipments are not for Canada domestic/international or
international direct distribution).
• When you select the appropriate service type based on package weight and
residential delivery (on the Ship- ment details screen) and special services
(on the Options screen), FedEx Ship Manager Software creates yourship-
ping label quickly and easily.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 47

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Address Book Conversion Solution Key Considerations

FedEx Ship Manager Software provides a simple and seamless solution for Some important aspects of the Address Book Conversion Solution are:
you to convert, import and share address book information between FedEx • Export a UPS.com or UPS WorldShip address book
Ship Manager Software and FedEx Ship Manager® at fedex.com applications, database using the .csv file format.
and from competitors’ shipping applications.
• Do not open any exported address book file before
When importing and exporting address book databases, you must use a importing it into FedEx Ship Manager Software.
template to define the file layout of the source file. Before you import or export
a database, select a template and carefully view the contents. • Note the location of your exported address book file (e.g., desktop) before
you import it into FedEx Ship Manager Software.
FedEx Ship Manager Software contains the following templates:
• Import templates from FedEx Ship Manager at fedex. com, UPS.com and
UPS WorldShip® into FedEx Ship Manager Software.
• Export template from FedEx Ship Manager Software into a FedEx Ship
Manager at fedex.com format.
Note: FedEx Ship Manager Software requires each address record to have a unique identifier and
phone number. If this information is missing from the address book file being imported, the import
templates create a unique record identifier and default the missing phone number to ten 1s. You must
update the address records with the correct phone number.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 48

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Converting FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com Address Book to FedEx

Ship Manager Software
To convert your recipient address book from FedEx Ship Manager at 6. Change the Import files (*.sfc) selection to Import files (*.csv) by selecting
fedex.com: Import files (*.csv) from the File name drop-down menu.
• Export your address book from FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com. 7. Click Open and then click OK.
• Import the FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com address book into FedEx
Ship Manager Software. Follow the instructions below to perform the
conversion.

Importing FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com Address Book into FedEx Ship
Manager Software
1. Export your FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com address book to your
computer. Note the location where this file is saved on your system.
2. To import the FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com address book into
FedEx Ship Manager Software, launch FedEx Ship Manager
Software.
3. Select File Maintenance > Import from the Databases drop-down menu.
The File Maintenance – Import screen is displayed.
4. Select the appropriate template from the Templates drop-down
menu.
5. Click Browse and locate the file you saved on your
computer.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 49

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Converting UPS.com Address Book to FedEx Ship Manager

Software
To convert your recipient address book from UPS.com: To convert your recipient address book from UPS WorldShip:
• Export your address book from UPS.com. • Export your address book from UPS WorldShip.
• Import the UPS.com address book into FedEx Ship Manager • Import the UPS WorldShip address book into FedEx Ship Manager
Software. Follow the instructions below to perform the conversion. Software. Follow the instructions below to perform the conversion.
Importing UPS.com Address Book into FedEx Ship Manager
Software
1. Export your UPS.com address book to your computer. Note the location
where this file is saved on your system.
2. To import the UPS.com address book into FedEx Ship Manager
Software, launch FedEx Ship Manager Software.
3. Select File Maintenance > Import from theDatabases drop-down menu.
The File Maintenance – Import screen is displayed.
4. Select the appropriate template from the Templates drop-down
menu.
5. Click Browse and locate the file you saved onyour
computer.
6. Change the Import files (*.sfc) selection to Import files (*.csv) by
selecting Import files (*.csv) from the File name drop-down menu.
7. Click Open and then click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 50

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Importing UPS WorldShip Address Book into FedEx Ship Manager Software
1. Export your UPS WorldShip address book to your computer. Note the
location where this file is saved on your system.
2. To import the UPS WorldShip address book into FedEx Ship Manager
Software, launch FedEx Ship Manager Software.
3. Select File Maintenance > Import from theDatabases drop-down menu.
The File Maintenance – Import screen is displayed.
4. Select the appropriate template from the Templates drop-down
menu.
5. Click Browse and locate the file you saved on your
computer.
6. Change the Import files (*.sfc) selection to Import files (*.csv) by
selecting Import files (*.csv) from the File name drop-down menu.
7. Click Open and then click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 51

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Converting UPS WorldShip 2011 Address Book to FedEx Ship Manager

Software
To convert your recipient address book from UPS WorldShip 2011: 6. Change the Import files (*.sfc) selection to Import files (*.csv) by selecting
• Export your address book from UPS WorldShip 2011. Import files (*.csv) from the File name drop-down menu.
• Import the UPS WorldShip 2011 address book into FedEx Ship Manager 7. Click Open and then click OK.
Software. Follow the instructions below to perform the conversion.

Importing UPS WorldShip 2011 Address Book into FedExShip Manager Software
1. Export your UPS WorldShip 2011 address book to your computer. Note
the location where this file is saved on your system.
2. To import the UPS WorldShip 2011 address book into FedEx Ship
Manager Software, launch FedEx Ship Manager Software.
3. Select File Maintenance > Import from the Databases drop-down menu.
The File Maintenance – Import screen is displayed.
4. Select the appropriate template from the Templates drop- down menu.
5. Click Browse and locate the file you saved on your
computer.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 52

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Converting FedEx Ship Manager Software Address Book to FedEx Ship

Manager at fedex.com
To convert your recipient address book from FedEx Ship Manager Software 9. Select Address Book from the My Listsdrop-down menu. The
to FedEx Ship Manager at fedex.com: Address Book main screen is displayed.
• Export your address book from FedEx Ship Manager Software. 10. Select Import/Export from the Import/Export drop- down menu. The
• Import the FedEx Ship Manager Software address book into FedEx Ship resulting Address Book screen is displayed.
Manager at fedex.com. Follow the instructions below to perform the 11. In the Choose action section, select Replace address book check box for
conversion. your import option if you want to replace an existing address book.
Otherwise, acceptthe default, which is Add to existing address book.
Exporting Address Book from FedEx Ship Manager Software 12. In the Import as section, select Recipient as the import type.
1. Launch FedEx Ship Manager Software. 13. In the File to import section, click Browse to find the filename of the
2. Select File Maintenance > Export from the Databases drop-down menu. address book you exported in the Exporting Address Book from FedEx
The File Maintenance – Export screen is displayed. Ship Manager Software section described above.

3. Select FEDEX.COMRECEXP from the Templates drop- down menu. 14. Select FedEx Ship Manager Software (.CSV file) from
the Select file type drop-down menu.
4. Click Browse and determine the location where you want
to save your file. Note the location of the exported file. 15. Click Import at the bottom of thescreen.
5. In the Output file field, name your file.
Note: If you have any questions about these solutions or need assistance using FedEx Ship Manager Software,
6. Click Open. Your file is saved with the default extension please call the FedEx Ship Manager Technical Support Center at 1.877.FDX Assist 1.877.339.2774. Since this
*.csv.40 system is voice- activated, say “FedEx Ship Manager Software” when prompted. Use of this new software
version is subject to the terms of the FedEx Automation Agreement you executed to receive FedEx Ship
7. Go to fedex.com. Manager®.

8. Select Create Shipment from the Ship drop-downmenu and login to FedEx
Ship Manager at fedex.com. The Ship screen is displayed.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 53

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Group Shipments
When you ship to a group of recipients, enter shipping information once and
FedEx Ship Manager Software automatically prints shipping labels for each
recipient.
The Service type, Package type and Ship date must be the same for
each recipient in a group. All recipients must already be saved in the
Address Book.
Note: When you send a multiple-piece shipment to a group, you receive multiple shipping labels for
each recipient. Refer to Multiple-Piece Shipments (MPS) for details.

Refer to the following information in this section to:

• Ship to an Existing Group
• Ship to a Temporary Group
• Add a Group when Shipping
• Setting Group Preferences

Note: You can add, view, edit and delete groups in the Groups database. You can also print
group reports. To access the database, select Groups from the Databases menu or refer to
Database Functions.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 54

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Group Shipments,
continued
Ship to an Existing Group
Note: Temporary groups are not saved in the Group database.
1. Select Ship to group check box on the Shipment details screen.
2. Select the group from the Group ID menu.
3. Enter the remaining required information to complete the shipment.
4. Click Ship to process the group shipment.

Ship to a Temporary Group

1. Select Ship to group check box on the Shipment details screen.
2. Select Create/Modify a temporary group from the
Group ID menu. The View/Edit Group screen is displayed.
3. Click the group filter: Domestic or International.
4. Select the recipients from the Recipients available for this group list and
click Add, or click Add all to add all recipients to the group.
5. Click OK after you select all recipients for the group. The Shipment
details screen displays with the temporary group information.
6. Enter the remaining required information to complete the shipment.
7. Click Ship to process the group shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 55

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Group Shipments,
continued
Add a Group when Shipping
1. Select Ship to group check box on the Shipment details screen.
2. Enter a new Group ID in the Recipient ID field and press
Tab. The View/Edit Group screen is displayed.
3. Enter a description for your group.
4. Click the group filter: Domestic or International.
5. Select the recipients from the Recipients available for this group list and
click Add, or click Add all to add all recipients to the group.
6. Click OK after you select all recipients in the group. The Shipment
details screen displays with the group information.
7. Enter the remaining required information to complete the shipment.
8. Click Ship to process the group shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 56

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Group Shipments,
continued
Setting Group Preferences
If a standard or special service option is not available for a recipient in a group
shipment, an error label prints for that recipient. To prevent this error, set group
preferences in your shipping profiles.
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
2. Select the shipping profile you want to modify and click
View/Edit.
3. Click 3-Group Shipping Preferences tab.
4. Select to upgrade or downgrade services automatically for an individual
recipient in a group shipment.
• Upgrade – If a service is not available for a recipient, click Upgrade to
assist in getting the package to arrive on time. In most cases, an
upgrade costs more than the service selected for the group shipment.
• Downgrade – If a service is not available for a recipient, click
Downgrade to avoid incurring an additional fee to upgrade the service.
In most cases, the package is delivered one or two days after the
service selected for the group shipment.
• None – Click None if you do not want to upgrade or downgrade a
service.
5. Click OK to save your group preferences.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 57

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Address Checker

FedEx Address Checker verifies the accuracy of recipient
address information for all FedEx services. With FedEx
Address Checker you can:
• Check recipient addresses and provide alternatives for incorrect
addresses.
• Determine whether our records indicate a U.S. address is commercial or
residential.
• Check U.S., Canadian and Puerto Rican addresses.
Note: This feature does not apply to group shipments or return shipments.

Refer to the following instructions to use the FedEx Address Checker:

• Set Preferences
• Check Individual Recipients

User Guide - 1 Essentials 58

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Address Checker, continued

Set Preferences
To select FedEx Address Checker preferences:
1. Select FedEx Address Checker from the Utilities menu.
2. Select Preferences from the secondary menu. The Customize
Address Checker screen is displayed.
3. Select one of the following options to validate your address
selection:
• Display possible addresses if a match is not found A maximum of 3
address results display at one time on the FedEx Address Checker
Results screen. Choose to keep the original address, use the new
address data, or cancel the results and return to the origination screen.
• Display addresses in upper and lower case (e.g.,100 Main St.).
• Automatically accept postal standardization changes
— This option allows you to check addresses with little impact to your
shipping process. For example, if the street name is misspelled, you do
not have to accept the change. FedEx automatically corrects the spelling.
Note: FedEx Address Checker does not support or recognize individual or personal names, but may check
an address by matching business names that correspond to street addresses.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 59

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Address Checker, continued

Check Individual Recipients
FedEx Address Checker allows you to check individual recipient addresses. Look
for the FedEx Address Checker check mark to the right of the Address 1 • To cancel the results and return to the origination screen, click
field on the Shipment details screen and on the Add Recipient and View/ Edit Cancel.
Recipient screens in the Address Book.
1. Select a recipient in one of the following ways:
• Select an existing Recipient ID or enter new recipient information on
the Shipment details screen.
• Select an existing recipient in the Address Book and click View/Edit,
or click Add to enter new recipient information.
2. Click Address Checker check mark .
3. FedEx Ship Manager Software checks the address and returns results
based on the preferences you have selected to validate your address
selection.
4. Select one of the options on the Results screen:
• To keep the original recipient information, click
Keep Original.
• To use a result returned by the FedEx Address Checker, click the
button next to the address you want to use and click Use
Selection. The data automatically populates the recipient fields
on the origination screen.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 60

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Freight
FedEx Freight is changing the less-than-truckload (LTL) industry by making it easy For detailed FedEx Freight shipping information, please refer to the FedEx Freight
to ship fast-transit and economical freight within one streamlined LTL network. Guide. To download a PDF copy, go to fedex.com/us/ship-
With all-points coverage, individual-handling unit tracking numbers, one invoice manager/software/resources/support/user- guide.html
statement and one pickup and delivery, FedEx Freight is creating a whole new
future for LTL. You can rely on FedEx Freight® Priority when speed is critical to For LTL Freight shipment, perform the following steps:
meet your supply chain needs or FedEx Freight® Economy when you can trade 1. Click LTL Freight.
time for savings. FedEx Freight is committed to delivering an easier way to ship
LTL. 2. Add Shipper, consignee, Handling Unit Details.
3. Select/enter Special Services/Options, Notification, Picup details, if
Now you can create FedEx Freight® enterprise shipping labels for international, intra- needed.
U.S., intra-Canada and intra-Mexico shipments. And to simplify the total shipping
experience even more, you can prepare and manage FedEx Freight shipments with 4. Click Ship. A pop-up window appears providing the tracking number for the
the same solutions used for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipments. handling unit.

FedEx Freight now allocates unique tracking numbers and provides FedEx
enterprise shipping labels for each of the shipment units, such as pallets, crates
and barrels— plus the ability to rate, track and schedule pickups — and gives you
electronic efficiency for larger, heavier shipments.
When speed is critical to meet your supply chain needs, count on FedEx Freight
Priority for your fast transit needs with the reliability you expect from FedEx.
For economical shipping to meet your budget, count on FedEx Freight® Economy
for your basic shipping needs with the reliability you expect from FedEx.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 61

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Freight, FedEx offers email notifications for shipment creation, estimated delivery, and when
continued shipment is tendered to FedEx. You can use any or all of these notification types.
Recipient emails may be specified within the shipment request.
FedEx Ship Manager supports a new Over Length value for FedEx Freight
shipments.
Over Length service applies to shipments containing any shipping unit with a
dimension equal to or greater than 8 feet in length and less than 12 feet in length.
Click LTL Freight | Options/Instructions screen to select the new special
services “Over Length” checkbox.

To obtain unique tracking number for individual handling unit in LTL Freight
shipment, you have to perform the following steps.
1. Click LTL Freight | Shipment Details.
FedEx Freight now utilizes the FedEx enterprise label and tracking numbers. You 2. Add Handling Unit Details.
can now assign a tracking number, customer service notifications and invoice 3. Click Ship after entering Origin/Destination details. A popup window appears
formatting to each unit in your shipment. This new, fully electronic FedEx Freight providing the tracking number for the handling unit.
functionality is provided via FedEx Web Services. For information about new FedEx
Freight transactions, see the Developer Resource Center at fedex.com/developer.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 62

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Global Returns Email Return Labels What Happens after a Return Email is Processed through FedEx Ship Manager®
Create and send return labels electronically to customers internationally as well as • The return shipper receives the email with the link to the online label
within domestically served locations using FedEx Express and FedEx Ground system.
networks. • The return shipper decides to return the shipment, selects the link to the
To utilize this feature, follow these steps: online system, and fills in the appropriate information to generate a shipment.
1. On Ship tab, click Return Shipment > Return Shipment Details tab and fill • The online system generates a return label and customs documentation.
in the informationfields. • The online system screen from which the labels can be printed displays
2. Fill in the information fields in the Package and Shipment details area and suggested and uploaded documents from the original shipper.
select Email Label from the Return label type pull down menu. • The return shipper prints the label(s), any selected documents, and customs
3. Select Return > Shipment > FedEx ShipAlert® > documents indicated by the original shipper such as Commercial Invoices,
Notifications and fill in the information fields. Proforma Invoices, and Certificates of Origin.

4. Select Additional Documentation tab to select and upload additional

documentation.
5. Click Ship.

FedEx Global Returns solution shipments are governed by the respective terms and conditions
applicable to the country from which the shipment is returned. The terms and conditions of service
may vary from country to country.
Regardless of any payment instructions to the contrary that are given to FedEx, the party that initiates a
return shipment transaction with FedEx using FedEx Global Returns services is ultimately liable for, will be
billed for, and agrees to pay, all charges and fees, including any special handling fees and any duties or
taxes which we have advanced, if the sender or third party fails or refuses to pay.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 63

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx® Global Returns Some important aspects of this service are:

FedEx Global Returns service facilitates returns between all regions as well as • FedEx Global Returns are accepted for any country that accepts an
intra-country domestic shipments. outbound automated label.
The enhanced FedEx Global Returns service provides: • New fields for the Sender database are added to the
Customized Database reports.
• Ability to create FedEx Print Return Labels for
domestic and international returns shipments. Click here for more • Multiple-piece shipping is not supported for domestic or international
information on creating FedEx Global Returns Email Return Labels. return shipments. If the returns shipment requires more than one package,
each package must be processed as a single-piece shipment. You must
• Ability to provide a default “Return To” address when creating the provide all of the information for each package, including
FedEx Print Return Label request. commodity data, Commercial Invoice data and any other information
• Ability to set a preference indicating whether or not a blank B13A form required to process an international shipment.
should be generated for FedEx Print Re- turn Label shipments originating in • The Link to Outbound check box only displays on the Return shipment
Canada (if printing a blank B13A is supported for outbound shipments). details screen if you are also creating an outbound shipment at the same
• Ability to turn off the printing of a blank B13A form when creating an outbound time. If this check box is enabled for the shipment, you must enter the RMA
shipment with a Canadian origin or a FedEx Print Return Label shipment with a number. However, outbound shipments can now be linked to one another
Canadian origin. without using an RMA number. The Link to Outbound check box does not
• Ability to select a Remittance Code preference for the Delivery on have to be enabled for the linkage to occur.
Invoice Acceptance (DIA) special service. • Any FedEx® Returns service shipments that are forwarded to a third
• Ability to download the currency conversion table using the Demand country must also comply withthe export control requirements of the
Download screen. original merchant country.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 64

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Global Returns, continued

• Include the return documentation and labels inside the package for your
customer documentation and labels go insider the pouch on the outside of Latin America and theCaribbean Return Receipt
the box.
Some important aspects of the Latin America and the Carib- bean return receipt are:
• If you delete an outbound shipment, the return shipment is not automatically
deleted. You must manually deletea return shipment. • If the FedEx 1D barcode is generated for the shipment, the shipping label
for the outbound package contains a scannable indication that the
• Although a U.S. out bound shipment requires an Internal Revenue Service Delivery on Invoice shipment. The DIA special handling code is included
Employer Identification Number (EIN), an EIN is not required when you ship in both the FedEx 1D and FedEx 2D barcodes.
an international FedEx Print Return Label originating in the U.S. or Puerto
Rico. • The return receipt is created if you select the Latin Amer- ica and the
Caribbean DIA special service for the shipment.
• Shipping lists now include returns.
• If the FedEx 1D barcode is not generated for the shipment, the shipment
• The delivery on Invoice Acceptance (DIA) special service is available only for is allowed to process with the 32-digit barcode. In this situation, the DIA
intra-Mexico shipments. Although a DIA return shipment can be created on special handling code is included in only the FedEx 2D barcode.
a FedEx Print Return Label, it is generated automatically by the system, and
shall not require you to select the “Include a return label” or Return Labels” • When you create the Latin America and the Caribbean DIA shipment, the
option. Yet you still have the option of creating a return shipment in merchant shipper is able to change the return address for the receipt.
conjunction with the DIA outbound shipment. Fields to support DIA are • The merchant shipper is able to provide a default “Return To” address to be
included in the shipment templates for export. used exclusively for the Latin America and the Caribbean DIA Return
Receipt shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 65

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Global Returns Enhancements, continued

Setting Preferences for Printing Blank B13A Export Declaration
Form (Canada)
To add and configure preferences for the printing a blank B13A Export
Declaration Form for Canada origin shipments, follow these steps:
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize drop-
down menu. The Shipping Profiles screen is displayed.
2. Select the Default International Shipping Profile and click View/Edit. The
View/Edit International Shipping Profile screen is displayed.
3. Click 1-Field Preferences tab.
4. Select Return - Shipment from the Preference Type drop- down menu.
5. Scroll down and select Print blank B13A Export Declara- tion Form from
the field list.
6. Click Constant radio button in the Behaviors section.
7. Select Yes, use this option in the Field value section.
8. Click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 66

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Setting Preferences for Printing Blank B13A Export Declaration Form (Canada),
continued.
On the Customs screen, the option to print a blank B13A Export Declaration
Form is only available when “Manual B13A attached (FedEx to Stamp)” is
selected from the B13A filling options. The options can be set constant in
“Default International Shipping Profile”
Setting Preferences for Default “Return To” Address (Canada)
To add and configure preferences for the default “Return To”
address for return shipments, follow these steps:
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize drop-down
menu. The Shipping Profiles screen is displayed.
2. Select Default Domestic Shipping Profile and click View/Edit. The
View/Edit Domestic Shipping Profile screen is displayed.
3. Click 1-Field Preferences tab.
4. Select a shipment type(e.g., Outbound—Shipment) from the Preference
Type drop-down menu.
5. In Return Preferences section, select a default “Return To” address from
the Return To Code drop-down menu.
6. Select Always use the Return to Code check box (optional) to enable
the software to use the “Return To Code” for each return shipment.
7. Click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 67

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Setting Preferences for Default “Return to” Address (Canada) Function Keys
Note: Although this preference is in the View/Edit Domestic Shipping Profile, it applies to both domestic and You can use the following function keys within FedEx Ship
international return shipments. Manager Software:
Note: For a Latin America and the Caribbean DIA return shipment, select an entry from the DIA Reference • F2 Shipping – Ship domestic and international packages.
Code drop-down menu to set a default “Return To” address for a DIA Return Receipt shipment. If the country
selected for the DIA Remittance Code does not support DIA, the preference is not applied. • F3 Receive – Enter inbound packages and print Inbound and Receiving
reports.
If you have any additional questions regarding this B13A Ex- port Declaration Form
(Canada), please • F4 Choice List – Displays a list of choices for the field.
contact your technical field consultant or call us at 1.877.FDX • F5 Tracking – Track the status of your FedEx packages.
Assist (1.877.339.2774).
• F6 Reports – Print or view reports.
• F7 FedEx Express Close – Close FedExExpress shipments at the
end of the day.
• F10 Ship Package – Process a shipment and print shipping labels.
• F11 Override Preferences – Override (ignore)shipping preferences for
your current shipment.
• F12 Delete/Modify a Package – Cancel or modify one of today’s shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 68

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Track
FedEx Ship Manager® Software can track your package online and provide
the current status on U.S., Canadian, international and return shipments.
You can continue using FedEx Ship Manager Software while tracking the status of
a package. A message displays when the tracking results are available.
Refer to the information in this section to track your shipments:
• Track by numbers and references
• Track from shipping history
• Track results

User Guide - 1 Essentials 69

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Track by Numbers and References

Use the following fields to track outbound and return
shipments with either the tracking or Door Tag number.
1. Click Track tab at the top of the screen. Then, click the
Track by numbers and references tab.
2. Enter the tracking, Door Tag or shipping reference
number in the Tracking Number field.
• To track an outbound shipment processed along with a return
shipment, enter the outbound tracking number.
• For multiple-piece shipments, enter the master tracking number
or the tracking number for an individual package in the MPS.
3. Click Add after entering each tracking number.
4. Click Track at the bottom of the screen to begin. When tracking is
complete, a message displays that your tracking information is available
for viewing.
5. Click Track results tab to view the results on your screen, print or
save the results to a file. Refer to the Track Results section for more
information.
6. Right-click and copy the tracking number with the computer
mouse and paste it as required.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 70

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Track by Numbers and References, continued

Follow these steps to track the status of outbound and return shipments by using
shipment references.
1. Click Track tab at the top of the screen. Then, click
Track by numbers and references tab.
2. Select or enter one or more of the following references:
Service – Select All Services or a specific service type.
Reference type | Reference – If you assigned unique references when
you created your shipment, select the Reference type. Enter the exact
reference information in the Reference field.
Account number – Enter or select the FedEx® account number you want
to track.
Ship date – Click calendar to select the approximate ship date. The
tracking search feature searches 15 days before and after the selected date.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 71

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Track by Numbers and References, continued

Destination Country – Select the destination country. This field is
required if you did not enter an account number.
Destination postal – Enter the destination postal code. This field is
required if the destination country supports postal codes.
3. Click Add after you have entered all shipment references.
4. Click Track at the bottom of the screen. When tracking completes, a
message displays that your tracking information is available.
5. Click Track results tab to view the results on your screen, print or
save the results to a file. Refer to the Track Results section for more
information.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 72

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Track from Shipping History

Enter shipping history criteria to single out the package(s) you want to track. 5. Click Track to submit the selected records. A message is displayed when your
Follow these steps to track from shipment history: track results are available.
1. Click Track tab. Then click Track from shipping history tab. 6. Click Track results tab to view the results on your screen, print or save the
results to a file. Refer to the Track Results section for more information.
2. Include as many search criteria as possible to narrow your search:
• Date Range
• References
• Recipient information
• Sender information
• Package content
• Special service options
• Multiple-piece tracking #
• COD return
3. Click Search for shipments. The shipments found will be displayed in
the Shipment search results table.
4. Select the shipments you want to track in oneof the following ways:
• Click only one result.
• Ctrl+click to select more than one result.
• Click Select All to select all results.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 73

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Track Results
View your tracking search results on the Track results screen.
1. Click Track results tab at the top of the Track screen.
2. If desired, select the check box todisplay Exceptions only or
Undelivered packages only.
3. To show the track result details such as shipment activity and location,
select a tracking number and click Show Details.
4. To print the tracking results, select one or more tracking numbers and click
Print.
5. To save the track results, select one or more tracking numbers and click
Save Report to File. Then enter the file destination and name and click
OK.
6. To view a list of FedEx Express and FedEx Ground exception codes,
click View exceptions code.
7. To delete one or more tracking numbers from the Track results list, select
the number(s) and click Delete, or click Delete All to delete all tracking
numbers listed. This only deletes the number(s) from the list. It does not
delete the shipment(s) from your system.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 74

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx 1D Barcode
Every day FedEx delivers millions of packages around the world. Somehow
these packages travel from origin to destination quite effortlessly — at least
so it seems on the
surface. Yet underneath it all is an innovative and complex system designed to
provide the most reliable service possible. One of the primary drivers of this
system is the FedEx barcode. FedEx handling systems and manual sort assist
technologies rely on the FedEx barcode in order to make high-speed sort
decisions and direct your packages through the FedEx network.
FedEx Express supports a linear (1D) barcode. This barcode has the
capacity to include more detail then its predecessors about each
shipment and will provide
improved read rates and improved legibility of label content which translates into
improved service reliability.
The changed elements of the barcode that make these improvements possible is
due to the increased character capability from 32 characters to 34 characters.
For more information, go to fedex.com/barcodeupdates.
Learn more about new customizable label options that enable you to add a logo,
text message, and more by clicking on Customize Your Shipping Labels.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 75

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Meet International
Requirements
FedEx provides reliable, customs-cleared shipping to more than 220
countries and territories. FedEx Ship Manager Software makes shipping to
these international destinations easy and efficient.
International requirements for shipments outside of the U.S. and
Canada may require detailed commodity
information, customs documentation, Electronic Export Information (EEI)
filing, B13A Canada Export Declaration filing and other information.
This section guides you through the steps to meet international
shipping requirements:
• Document Shipments
• Commodity/Merchandise Shipments
• Destination Control Statement (DCS) (U.S. only)
• Customs Information
Save time and keystrokes when preparing your international shipments by
setting shipping preferences for NAFTA statements, terms of sale, shipment
purpose and more. The associated fields populate automatically based on the
recipient and sender selected for the shipment.
Refer to Recipient Preferences or Shipping Profiles
for detailed instructions.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 76

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Document Shipments
A document shipment includes letters, statements, applications and other
types of correspondence.
If your shipment contains only one type of document, refer to the Single
Document section.
If your shipment contains more than one type of document, follow steps 1
through 9 in the Single Document section, then refer to the Multiple
Documents section.
Note: If your shipment contains more than one package, refer to Multiple- Piece Shipments (MPS) for
detailed instructions on preparing multiple-piece shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 77

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Document Shipments, continued

Single Document
1. Complete the Shipment details screen.
2. Click Document as the Package contains option in the Package and 8. Complete Billing details section.
shipment details section. When Document is clicked, the Document 9. Click Options tab to select additional shipping options and special
Description field displays. service options.
3. Select a customs-approved document description or enter your own
description, up to 135 characters. 10. Click ShipAlert tab to send shipment notifications to your customer, yourself
and others. For more information, refer to page 60.
Note: The document description you select or enter on this screen automatically populates the Document
description on the Document screen. Any change made to the description on the Document screen 11. Click Ship to process the shipment and print the shipping label.
automatically
updates the Document description field on the Shipment details screen.

4. Select Print FedEx generated Commercial Invoice check box if your

document requires a declared customs value or if the destination country
requires a Commercial Invoice.
The Commercial Invoice is the official transaction record between an
exporter and an importer. Along with the FedEx Ship Manager Software
shipping document, customs officials rely on this paperwork to clear
shipments across international borders.
5. Enter Total carriage value for your document.
6. Select the carriage value currency type allowed by the destination
country for FedEx Express shipments.
7. Enter Total Customs Value for your documents, if required.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 78

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Document Shipments, continued

Multiple Documents
If your shipment contains more than one type of document, complete steps 1
through 9 of the Single Document instructions then continue below.
1. Click Document tab.
2. Select a customs-approved Document description or enter your own
description, up to 135 characters. This field is populated automatically if you
entered a document description on the Shipment details screen.
Any change made to this field automatically updates the Document
description field on the Shipment details screen.
3. Select Country of manufacture where the document was produced.
4. Click Add to shipment.
5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each document type in your shipment.
6. To view, edit or delete a document description, select the description from
the Document summary and click the appropriate function.
7. When you have added all document types, click Ship to process the
shipment and print the shipping label.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 79

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Commodity/Merchandise Shipments
To prepare a commodity/merchandise shipment:
1. Complete the Shipment details screen.
2. Click Commodity/Merchandise as the Package contains option
in the Package and shipment details section.
Note: If your shipment contains more than one package, refer to Multiple- Piece Shipments (MPS) for
detailed instructions.

3. Click Options tab to select additional shipping options or special service

options.
4. Click ShipAlert tab to send shipment notifications to your
customer, yourself and others.
5. After you complete the screens noted above, click
Commodity/Merchandise tab. The Commodity/ Merchandise
screen displays.
Continue with Add a Commodity on the next page.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 80

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Commodity/Merchandise Shipments, continued

Add a Commodity
1. Use one of the following options to add a commodity:
• Select an existing Commodity ID and continue with Additional
Commodity Information in this section.
• Enter a new Commodity ID to add and save a new commodity
then press the Tab key. The Add
Commodity screen displays. Continue with step 2 on the next page to
enter required commodity information. Once you have entered the
required information, click OK to save the commodity to the Commodity
database and return to the Commodity/Merchandise screen.
• Skip the Commodity ID field and continue with
step 2 on the next page.
Note: You can add, view, edit and delete commodities in the Commodity database. You can also print
commodity reports. To access the database, select Commodity from the Databases menu and refer to
Database Functions.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 81

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Commodity/Merchandise Shipments, continued

2. Enter a commodity description, up to 450 characters. This description 4. Enter Quantity of the commodity you are shipping.
prints on the following customs documents and eliminates manual air
waybills: 5. Select Unit of measure and enter the Unit value.
• Certificate of Origin (U.S. only) 6. The Total customs value calculates automatically based on the Quantity and
Unit value.
• NAFTA Certificate of Origin
• Shipment Detail
7. If you want to enter optional commodity information, continue with the
Additional Commodity Information instructions on the next page.
• Proforma Invoice
8. If you do not want to enter optional commodity information, click OK to
Note: A warning message displays for all FedEx Express international shipments when you enter a
commodity description that is considered vague. Enter a more distinct description to help reduce customs
save the commodity to the Commodity database and return to the
issues during the clearance process and to provide you with more accurate information when preparing Commodity/ Merchandise screen, or click Add and continue with the
your commodity shipment. Commodity Summary instructions.
To access this warning, select Customize User Prompts from the Customize menu and click Prompt for
Vague Commodity Warning message. Then select Prompt or Don’t prompt and click OK to save your
selection.

3. Select Country of manufacture for the commodity. If more than one

country is used to manufacture your goods, you will need to select
Country of manufacture which represents the majority of goods
manufactured.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 82

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Commodity/Merchandise Shipments, continued

1. You may enter the following optional commodity
information:
• Total commodity weight
• Harmonized code
• Part number or manufacturer number
• Distinguishing marks/numbers on the outside of the
package
• Unique SKU, item number or UPC used to identify the commodity
• Commodity Purpose
• Export license number and expiration date
Note: Export License field uses a minimum of 7 characters using the format ANNNNNN and a
maximum of 12 characters using the format ANNNNNNXXXXX.

2. If your shipment applies for NAFTA (North American Free Trade

Agreement), you may select the Applies for
NAFTA Certificate of Origin check box. Follow the NAFTA
Certificate of Origin instructions on the next page.
3. If NAFTA does not apply, click Add to shipment.
4. Repeat these steps for each commodity in the shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 83

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Commodity/Merchandise Shipments, continued

Commodity Summary
Each commodity added appears in the Commodity summary section.
You can view, edit or delete each commodity in your shipment. C – The good was produced entirely in a NAFTA country from originating
• To add additional charges to the shipment, enter the materials.
amount in the Additional charges field. D1 – The goods were produced in a NAFTA country but do not meet the
• To see a list of prohibited commodities for the destination country, click rule of origin because the goods
Click to see if your commodity can travel to this country link and were imported into the territory of a NAFTA country in an unassembled or disassembled
select the country from the menu. form, but were classified as assembled goods.
NAFTA Certificate of Origin D2 – The goods were produced in a NAFTA country but do not meet the rule of
origin because the goods incorporated one or more non-originating materials
A NAFTA Certificate of Origin may apply if the shipper and recipient are
provided for as parts.
located in the U.S., Canada or Mexico, and at least one commodity was
produced in one of these countries. E – Certain data processing goods and their parts that did not originate in a
NAFTA country are considered originating upon importation when the Most-
1. Select Applies for NAFTA Certificate of Origin check box in the Favored-Nation tariff rate
Additional commodity information section on the Commodity/Merchandise
of the good conforms to the rate and is common to all NAFTA countries.
screen.
F – The good is an origination agricultural good under preference
2. Select a Preference for each commodity in the shipment. criterion A, B or C and is not subject to quantitative restriction in the
A – The good was obtained or produced entirely in a NAFTA country. importing NAFTA country because it is a qualifying good.
B – The good was produced entirely in a NAFTA country and satisfies the
specific origin that applies to its tariff classification.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 84

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Commodity/Merchandise Shipments, continued

NAFTA Certificate of Origin, continued
3. Select Yes if you are the producer of the commodity. Select No if you are
not the producer of the commodity. • NC plus date range – Select NC plus date range if RVC is
Indicate whether the certificate calculated according to the net cost method over a period of
is based upon: time. Enter the beginning and ending dates of the time period
in a MM/DD/YYYY format or select from the calendar icons.
• No (1) – Your knowledge of the commodity
• No (2) – Written statement from producer
• No (3) – Signed certificate from producer
4. The Net cost (NC) method calculates regional value content (RVC) as
a percentage of the net cost to produce the good.
Net cost represents all costs incurred by the producer minus promotions,
royalties, shipping and non-allowable interest costs.
• No – Select No if the RVC is not calculated according to the net cost
method.
• NC – Select NC if the RVC is calculated according to the net cost
method.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 85

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Destination Control Statement (DCS) (U.S.

only)
The Destination Control Statement (DCS) is available with FedEx International Based on the type of export shipment that you are processing, the current
First®, FedEx International Priority®, FedEx International Economy®, FedEx statements you must use are as follows:
International Priority® Freight and FedEx International Economy® Freight
• DCS required for most U.S. exports: “These commodities, technology or
services.
software were exported from the United States in accordance with the Export
The DCS must be entered on the invoice and on the Bill of Lading, air Administration Regulations. Diversion contrary to United States law is
waybill or other export control document (e.g., Commercial Invoice, label, prohibited.”
packing slip, Certificate of Origin) that accompanies the shipment from its
point of origin in the United States to the ultimate consignee or • DCS for U.S. exports controlled by the U.S. Department of State: “These
commodities are authorized by the
end-user abroad. This also applies to all export shipments sent from any
U.S. government for export only to [country of ultimate destination] for use
country where the exporter is a U.S. company. The person responsible for
by [end-user]. They may not be transferred, trans-shipped on a
preparing those documents is also responsible for entering the DCS. FedEx
noncontinuous voyage,or otherwise be disposed of in any other country,
provides the DCS for the Commercial Invoice and the label.
either in their original form or after being incorporated into other end-items,
The shipper is responsible for placing the DCS on the without the prior written approval of the U.S. Department of State.”
packing slip and the Certificate of Origin.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 86

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Destination Control Statement (DCS) (U.S. only), continued

Enable the Destination Control Statement (DCS)
1. Select System Settings from the Customizemenu. The System 3. If you select U.S. Department of State (DOS) orBoth- DOS and DOC,
Settings-System/Account screen is displayed. the following fields display with entries related to your shipment:
2. Select the appropriate System number and click • DOS Destination Country(ies) – This is the destination country code.
Modify. The System Settings screen is displayed. • DOS Destination Recipient – This is the recipient’s company name.
3. Click 1-Your System Settings tab. If the recipient’s company name is blank, the recipient’s contact name
is displayed.
4. In the Label Information section, select I want to be able to select
the type of Destination Control Statement check box. 4. Confirm these field entries or change them as needed.
5. Click OK. The DCS is now enabled. 5. Continue with processing your shipment.

Enter the Destination Control Statement (DCS)

1. Complete the required sections on the Shipment details screen
then click the Options tab.
2. In the Destination Control Statement (DCS) section, select one of the
following options in the DCS Type drop-down menu:
• U.S. Department of Commerce (DOC)
• U.S. Department of State (DOS)
• Both — DOS and DOC

User Guide - 1 Essentials 87

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) FedEx International First Expansion

Enhancements FedEx Ship Manager Software enables you to ship packages using FedEx
ITAR is a set of U.S. government regulations that control the export and import International First service via the following lanes:
of defense related articles and services on the U.S. munitions list in FedEx • From the U.S., Canada, Europe, Middle East and Africa, Latin America and
International Priority and FedEx International Priority Freight shipments. Under the Caribbean, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Japan to Southern and Eastern
ITAR, controlled commodities cannot transit China. China.
Current ITAR enhancements: • From the U.S., Canada and Latin America and the Caribbean to
• Provide you with the ability to mark your shipments as ITAR by Singapore.
selecting the Controlled Shipment – ITAR For a complete downloadable listing of countries served by FedEx International First go
(Exempt) check box in the Special Services section of the Options screen to:
to help ensure proper processing and delivery.
http://images.fedex.com/us/services/pdf/CountriesServed_IF_ IP_IE.pdf
• Allow you to access markets for your ITAR commodities that are not
available with the competition due to carrier initiated embargoes.
• Offer a consistent, easy-to-use and fast international shipping 2010 INCOTERMS Update
experience for your ITAR shipments. The International Chamber of Commerce issued a revision to the internationally
• Reduce customs issues, shipment delays and recognized trade terms, INCOTERMS 2010, effective Jan. 1, 2011. To
associated fines/penalties. accommodate this revision, FedEx Ship Manager Software includes the following
new terms in the Terms of sale drop-down menu and prints these values on
applicable shipping documentation (e.g., Universal Commercial Invoice):
• DAT (Delivered at Terminal).
• DAP (Delivered at Place).

User Guide - 1 Essentials 88

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) 8. Click Document Preview to preview the document before shipment. The
Enhancements, continued selected document will be displayed with the tracking number as
To select a terms of sale value, follow these steps: “XXXXXXXXXXXX” and contain the DRAFT watermark in the background.

1. Enter the required information for your international shipment and click
Customs tab. The Customs screen is displayed.
2. Click Add optional info to provide additional information to display on
FedEx generated documents. The Commercial Invoice/Pro Forma
Invoice information screen is displayed.
3. Select a value from the Terms of sales drop-down menu.
4. Enter any additional charges or information as required, including a
NAFTA statement.
5. Click View/Edit Importer to change theimporter information, as
needed. The View/Edit Importer screen is displayed.
6. Enter your changes and click OK. The Commercial Invoice/Pro Forma
Invoice information screen displays again.
7. Click OK to save your changes.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 89

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)

Enhancements, continued
Setting Return Address for Cross-Reference Numbers for International Customs Information
Shipments (U.S. Only) FedEx Ship Manager Software introduces a new design for the Customs screen
FedEx Ship Manager Software allows you to set a return address at the cross- and new preference settings for your customs documents. This new design
reference number level for FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution®, simplifies international shipping by printing shipping labels and the following
FedEx International Economy DirectDistributionSM Service and FedEx customs and regulatory documents:
International Priority DirectDistribution® Freight shipments. • Commercial Invoice/Proforma Invoice
After you create cross-reference number labels, place a label on each package. • NAFTA Certificate of Origin
Each cross-reference number in the shipment can have a different alternate
• Electronic Export Information (EEI) (U.S. only)
return address.
• B13A Canada Export Declaration (Canada only)
For skidded shipments, place one cross-reference number label on each skid
within the shipment. All packages on any one banded or shrink-wrapped skid
can be shipped to one destination. Never place the master air waybill or
tracking number on a package. Instead, place it inside an overnight letter
containing the regulatory documentation.
This feature also applies to FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution single
point of clearance (SPOC) countries, since they may have different return
addresses for each cross-reference number. Each cross-reference number in the
shipment can have a different alternate return address.
An alternate return address automatically prints in lieu of the Sender address on
the cross-reference number labels.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 90

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information Tracking number bar code

The Customs screen includes the following sections: To allow FedEx Customs Clearance personnel to scan customs documentation and
• Tracking number bar code match tracking numbers with air waybill data for faster document handling, the
tracking number bar code prints on the first page of all customs documents.
• Setting Customs Document Preferences
The bar code is not included on customs documents printed on a dot-matrix
• Updated Customs Screen printer.
• Commercial Invoice/Proforma Invoice information
• Importer information
• Electronic Export Information (EEI) (U.S. only)
• Canadian Customs Export Declaration Information (Canada only)
• Customs documentation
• FedEx® Electronic Trade Documents

User Guide - 1 Essentials 91

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Setting Customs Document Preferences
To help simplify completion of the Customs screen, your international
shipping profile provides a new Customs Documents tab for document and • Letterhead image – Maximum of 7.5 x 1.6 inches.
image preferences.
• Signature image – Maximum of 3.5 x 0.5 inches.
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
The Shipping Profiles screen is displayed.
2. Select the Default International Shipping Profile and click View/Edit.
The View/Edit International Shipping Profile screen is displayed.
3. Click 5-Customs Documents tab.
4. In the Document preferences section, select preferences for your
Commercial Invoice or Proforma Invoice. When you select a FedEx
generated document, select number of copies required for your
shipment from the Print Copies drop-down menu.
5. To upload letterhead and signature images to display on the FedEx
generated CommercialInvoice or Proforma Invoice, click Upload
Images in the Letterhead and Signature for FedEx generated
Commercial Invoice/Proforma section. The Upload images screen is
displayed.
6. Use a digital image of your letterhead/signature or scan these images. If
you scan the images, crop them to the appropriate sizes:

User Guide - 1 Essentials 92

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

7. In the Company letterhead image section, click Browse
to select the appropriate letterhead image file.
8. For your letterhead, from Apply to countries drop-down menu, select
Only countries to where required, or All to apply to all shipments.
9. In the Signature image section, click Browse to select
the appropriate signature image file.
10. Select Always apply signature checkbox to apply the signature to all
shipments.
11. If you want to remove the image, click Remove. If you want to replace the
image, click Remove and then click Browse to select a new image.
12. To save your preferences, click OK on this screen and
all subsequent Shipping Profile screens.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 93

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Updated Customs Screen
5. If your shipment requires EEI filing and you are using the Automated Export
To process an international shipment using the updated Customs screen, System (AES), select the appropriate filing option from the drop-down menu
follow these steps: and select the citation type from the Citation Type drop-down menu. No EEI
1. Select Commercial Invoice/Proforma check box (if applicable) and Required is the default option.
select a document from the Complete document using drop-down menu. If • I have already filed an EEI.
you select a FedEx generated document, select the required number of
• I want to file using AESDirect (self-file).
copies to print for the shipment from the Print copies drop-down menu.
• I want FedEx to file as my agent (agent-file).
2. Click Add optional info to provide additional information to display on
FedEx generated documents. You can perform several actions, including • I will file an EEI Post-Departure.
selecting terms of sale, entering additional charges, including a NAFTA Note: The custom data is transferred to ACE portal via AES Direct when you select I want to file using
statement. Click View/Edit importer to change the importer information. AESDirect.

3. If you set preferences for your images, the Insert Letterhead Image and
Insert Signature Image check boxes are selected automatically. If they are
not selected, select these check boxes as applicable. Click View/edit
images to select or change the image.
4. Since the AES/EEI (formerly SED) check box is always checked for U.S.-
origin shipments, process your shipment as follows. EEI is Electronic Export
Information and SED is Shipper’s Export Declaration.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 94

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Updated Customs Screen, continued
1. Enter the AES citation number in the AES citation field. Refer
to AES Citation Types for more information. 5. Select Print Shipment Detail check box to print the shipment details.
2. If your shipment does not require EEI filing, select 6. When you have completed the Customs screen, click Ship to process yourshipment.
No EEI Required (default option) from the drop-down menu and then select
the appropriate FTR exemption number from the FTR Exemption drop-down
menu.
Refer to the FTR Exemption Codes table for the current FTR exemption
codes.
Note: For Canada-origin shipments, Export Permit # and B13A options display instead of AES/EEI (formerly
SED). Provide the required information for these options, if applicable.

3. If your shipment requires EEI filing and if you choose “I want to file using AES
Direct” option, the “File AES Direct” button is displayed. When this button is clicked,
FedEx Ship Manager
submits the shipment data to the AES Direct (ACE secure data portal) via the Weblink
interface.
4. Click Add other trade documents. Select any of these other trade documents
for your shipment (e.g., Certificate of Origin). For FedEx generated documents, you can
select the number of copies to print. If you select NAFTA Certificate of Origin
check box, click View/Edit and provide the required information.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 95

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Commercial Invoice/Proforma Invoice information
FedEx Ship Manager Software prompts you when a Commercial Invoice is
required for all International, Outbound (non-Distribution) shipments (FedEx
International Priority Express, FedEx International Priority, FedEx International
Economy and FedEx International Ground shipments).
You can use your own Commercial Invoice, or create and print a Commercial Invoice
using the information you enter into FedEx Ship Manager Software.
To use your own Commercial Invoice/Proforma Invoice for customs clearance:
1. Complete Shipment details, Options and Commodity/ Merchandise
screens.
2. Click Customs tab.
3. Select Commercial Invoice/Proforma check box on the left side of the
screen.
Note: Since this is the default setting, you do not need to return to the Customs screen to complete your
shipment if no other information is required on this screen.

4. Complete any additional fields on this screen or any

documentation required for your shipment.
5. Include the required number of copies of the Commercial Invoice/Proforma
Invoice with your shipment.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 96

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

To create a Commercial Invoice/Proforma Invoice:
1. Complete the Shipment details, Options and
Commodity/Merchandise screens.
2. Click Customs tab.
3. Select Commercial Invoice/Proforma
check box on the left side of the screen.
Note: If you want this option to be checked automatically, select FedEx generated Commercial
Invoice or FedEx generated Proforma as a preference in the International Shipping Profile.
Refer to Shipping Profiles.
Note: You can set the top margin to print the Commercial Invoice on company letterhead, which is a
requirement for some countries. Refer to Customize Forms to select this option.

4. Select number of Print copies.

5. Click Add optional info. The Commercial Invoice/ Proforma
Invoice information screen displays.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 97

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued The Purpose field prints on the Commercial Invoice and helps customs
correctly assess duties, taxes and fees for shipments.
6. Select Terms of sale. Free
Carrier (FCA/FOB) The Purpose menu contains the following correct text options for
purpose assessments:
• Seller is responsible for all costs of delivering goods to destination.
• Gift
Carriage Insurance Paid (CIP/CIF)
• Not Sold
• Seller is responsible for freight, insurance and miscellaneous
charges to destination. • Personal Effects

Carriage Paid To (CPT/C&F) • Repair and Return

• Seller is responsible for cost of freight to destination. Buyer is • Sample

responsible for insurance. • Sold
Ex Works (EXW) 9. Enter up to 3 optional comment lines to print on the Commercial
• Seller makes goods available to buyer. Buyer is responsible for Invoice.
delivering goods to destination. 10. Select The shipper and recipient are related parties check box if the
Delivered Duty Unpaid (DDU) shipper and recipient are related (e.g., subsidiaries).
• Seller is responsible for delivering goods to destination. Buyer is 11. Select Include NAFTA statement check box if the shipper and recipient
responsible for clearing goods through customs. are located in the U.S., Canada or Mexico, and at least one commodity in
the shipment was produced in one of these countries and the total value of
Delivery Duty Paid (DDP)
the goods shipped is considered to be of a lower value:
• Seller is responsible for delivering goods to destination, including duties, $2,500 USD or less for shipments to the U.S.
taxes and miscellaneous fees. $1,600 CAD or less for shipments to Canada
7. Enter additional freight, insurance and miscellaneous charges to print $1,000 USD or less for shipments to Mexico
only on the Commercial Invoice.
8. Enter optional information, such as reference, purpose and invoice
number.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 98

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Importer information
If the recipient is not the importer of record, click View/ Edit Importer to
enter and save the Importer of Record information.
Export information
Electronic Export Information (EEI)
• If you are shipping from the U.S. and your shipment requires Electronic
Export Information (EEI) filing, formerly known as Shipper’s Export
Declaration (SED) filing, refer to Electronic Export Information (EEI) in this
section.
Canadian Customs Export Declaration information
• If you are shipping from Canada and your shipment requires an Export
permit number or B13A Canada Export Declaration, refer to Canadian
Customs Export Declaration Information in this section.

View/Edit Buyer Information

To provide 3rd party transportation payer visibility for FedEx International
Ground service shipments, click View/Edit Buyer to enter and save the Buyer
information.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 99

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Customs documentation
To print shipment details and/or Certificate of Origin, select the appropriate check box
in the Customs documentation section. These customs documents are not generated
automatically.
To print a NAFTA Certificate of Origin:
1. Select NAFTA Certificate of Origin.
2. Click View/Edit to make any changes needed. The View/
Edit NAFTA Certificate of Origin screen is displayed.
3. For Exporter, select a sender to fill in the exporter name and address on
the certificate. The current sender is usually the exporter.
4. For Producer, select one of the following:
• Same
• Unknown
• Available to customs on request
• Attached producers list
• Other
5. For authorized signature information, enter your company name, sender
name and telephone number.
6. Click OK.
7. Click Ship to process your shipment and print customs documents.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 100

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Electronic Export Information (EEI)
If you are shipping from the U.S. and your shipment requires EEI filing, complete
the Electronic Export Information (EEI) information on the Customs screen. FedEx Ship Manager Software does not allow group shipping with a Shipper’s
To help you determine if your shipment requires EEI filing, go to the FedEx® Export Declaration (SED) if an SED/EEI filing is required.
Global Trade Manager website at fedex. com. Select the SED/EEI Tools and
Information link then select SED/EEI quick check. FedEx recommends that
you register as a user on fedex.com to access a variety of international tools
online to assist you in your shipping.
For detailed steps to self-file or agent-file an EEI, please refer to the FedEx
EEI Filing Options Guide. To download a PDF copy,go to: fedex.com/us/ship-
manager/software/ resources/support/customs.html.
Since the AES/EEI (formerly SED) check box is always checked, refer to
Updated Customs Screen for current international shipping and EEI filing
information. EEI is Electronic Export Information and SED is Shipper’s Export
Declaration.
FedEx Ship Manager Software removes the ability for FedEx electronic shipping
solution customers to select post- departure or downtime citations of EEI filing
for the following shipments: State Department Agreements, DSP-5 License,
DSP-61 License, DSP-73 License, DSP-85 License,
DSP-94 License, 36 DEA Permit, 236 DEA Permit and 486 DEA Permit.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 101

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Codes

This table lists the FTR codes and explanations that replace the FTSR (Foreign
Trade Statistics Regulations) codes.

FTR Exemption FTR Exemption “Short” Description FTR Exemption “Long” Description
1 NO EEI 30.2(d)(2) Shipments destined from U.S., Puerto Rico, or U.S. Virgin Islands to other Exemption for shipments outbound from U.S. or U.S. Virgin Islands or Puerto Rico,
U.S. Territories (American Samoa, Guam, and Northern Mariana Islands); to the following U.S. territories: American Samoa/AS, Guam/GU, and Northern
and U.S. Virgin Islands to U.S. or Puerto Rico. Mariana Islands/MP. Also applies to shipments from U.S. Virgin Islands
to Puerto Rico or U.S.

2 NO EEI 30.36 Shipments originating in the U.S. (including Puerto Rico when country code Exemption for shipments originating in the U.S. (including Puerto Rico when country
= US) destined to Canada; does not apply if shipment requires export code is US) destined to Canada. NOTE: Exemption DOES NOT apply to: (1)
license/permit, subject to ITAR, rough diamonds, or sent for storage in shipments requiring an export license/permit; (2) shipments sent for storage in
Canada, but ultimately destined for third countries. Canada, but ultimately destined for third countries; or (3) shipments of rough
diamonds or commodities controlled
by USML of ITAR.

3 NO EEI 30.37(a) Shipments valued at USD $2,500 or less per Schedule B classification for Exemption for shipments valued at USD $2,500 or less per Schedule B/HTSUSA
commodities shipped from one USPPI to one consignee on a single export classification for commodities shipped from one USPPI to one consignee on a single
carrier; does not apply if shipment requires export license/permit, subject to export carrier. NOTE: Exemption DOES NOT apply to: (1) shipments requiring an
ITAR, rough diamonds, or to proscribed Country Group E (EAR 15 CFR export license/permit; (2) shipments of rough diamonds or commodities controlled by
740). USML of ITAR; or (3) shipments to proscribed countries listed in Country Group E
(EAR 15 CFR 740). Currently FedEx does not service any
proscribed country from the U.S.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 102

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Codes, continued

FTR Exemption FTR Exemption “Short” Description FTR Exemption “Long” Description
4 NO EEI 30.37(e) For Carrier Use Only when inbond shipments are being exported with no Exemption for shipments transported inbond through the U.S. for export to a third
entry into a warehouse or FTZ. country and exported from another U.S. port or transshipped and exported directly
from the port of arrival never having made entry into the U.S.
NOTE: If entry for consumption or warehousing in the U.S. is made, then an EEI is
required if goods are then exported to a
third country from the U.S.

5 NO EEI 30.37(f) Export of technology and software as defined in EAR 15 Exemption for export of technology and software as defined in
CFR 772 that does not require an export license. EAR 15 CFR 772 that does not require an export license. NOTE: EEI is required for
mass-market software, which is defined as software that is generally available to
the public by being sold at retail selling points, or directly from the software
developer or supplier, by various means (i.e., over-the- counter, mail-order,
telephone, electronic) and designed for installation by the user without further
substantial technical support by the developer or supplier.

6 NO EEI 30.37(g) Shipments to foreign libraries, government establishments, or similar Exemption for shipments to foreign libraries, government establishments, or
institutions, as provided in similar institutions, as provided in FTR
FTR Subpart D 30.40(d). Subpart D 30.40(d).
7 NO EEI 30.37(h) Shipments authorized under License Exception GFT for gift parcels/ Exemption for shipments authorized under License Exception GFT for gift parcels
humanitarian donations (EAR 15 CFR and humanitarian donations (EAR 15
740.12). CFR 740.12).

8 NO EEI 30.37(i) Diplomatic pouches and their contents. Exemption for diplomatic pouches and their contents.
9 NO EEI 30.37(j) Human remains and accompanying receptacles and Exemption for human remains and accompanying receptacles
flowers. and flowers.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 103

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Codes, continued

FTR Exemption FTR Exemption “Short” Description FTR Exemption “Long” Description
10 NO EEI 30.37(k) Company business records (e.g., interplant correspondence, executed Exemption for shipments of interplant correspondence, executed invoices and other
invoices) from a U.S. firm to its subsidiary or affiliate. documents of company business records from a U.S. firm to its subsidiary or
affiliate. (This excludes highly technical plans, correspondence, etc. that
could be licensed).

11 NO EEI 30.37(o) Aircraft parts, equipment, provisions, and supplies for use on aircraft by Exemption of shipments of aircraft parts, equipment, provisions and supplies for
a U.S. airline to its own aircraft. use on aircraft by a U.S. airline to its own installation and aircraft. [EAR license
exception (AVS)
for aircraft and vessels 15 CFR 740.15(c).]

12 NO EEI 30.37(q) Temporary exports that are exported from and returned to the U.S. within 12 Exemption of temporary exports, whether shipped or hand carried that are
months from date of export. exported from and returned to the U.S. within
one year (12 months) from date of export.
13 NO EEI 30.37(r) Goods previously imported under Temporary Import Bond for return in the Exemption of goods previously imported under Temporary Import Bond for return
same condition as when imported. in the same condition as when imported, including: (1) goods for testing,
experimentation, or demonstration; (2) goods imported for exhibition; (3) samples
and models imported for review or taking orders; (4) goods for imported for
participation in races or contests; and (5) animals imported for breeding or
exhibition and imported for use by representatives or foreign government or
international organizations or by members of the armed forces of a foreign country.
NOTE: Goods that were imported under bond for processing
and re-exportation are not covered by this exemption.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 104

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Codes, continued

FTR Exemption FTR Exemption “Short” Description FTR Exemption “Long” Description
14 NO EEI 30.37(s) Issued banknotes, securities, and coins in circulation Exemption for banknotes and securities, and coins in circulation
exported as evidence of financial claims. exported as evidence of financial claims. NOTE: EEI must be filed for
unissued bank notes and securities and coins not in circulation.
ALERT: FedEx can only transport these commodities as an exception shipment with
Legal approval until such time as
they are removed from the Prohibited Items List.

15 NO EEI 30.37(t) Documents moving out of the U.S. to facilitate international transactions Exemption of documents used in international transactions, documents moving out
(airline tickets, internal revenue stamps, liquor stamps, and advertising of the U.S. to facilitate international transactions including airline tickets, internal
literature). revenue stamps,
liquor stamps, and advertising literature.

16 NO EEI 30.39 Shipments consigned to the U.S. Armed Services for their exclusive use; Special exemptions for shipments consigned to the U.S. Armed Services for their
does not apply to commodities subject to ITAR. exclusive use, including shipments to armed services exchange systems.
NOTE: Exemption DOES NOT apply to articles that are on the USML or controlled
by ITAR or shipments not consigned to the U.S. Armed Services, regardless of
whether they may be
for their ultimate use.

17 NO EEI 30.40(a) Office furniture/equipment/supplies shipped to U.S. government Special exemption for office furniture, office equipment, and office supplies
offices for their exclusive use. shipped to and for the exclusive use of U.S.
government offices.
18 NO EEI 30.40(b) Household goods and personal property shipped to U.S. government Special exemption for household goods and personal property shipped to and for
employees for their exclusive and personal the exclusive and personal use of U.S.
use. government employees.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 105

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Codes, continued

Blank FTR Exemption FTR Exemption “Short” Description FTR Exemption “Long” Description
19 NO EEI 30.40(c) Food, medicines, and other related items, shipped to Special exemption for food, medicines, and related items and other commissary
U.S. government offices/employees for their exclusive supplies shipped to U.S. government
use. offices or employees for the exclusive use of such employees, or to U.S.
government employee cooperatives or other associates for subsequent sale or other
distribution to such
employees.

20 NO EEI 30.40(d) Books, maps, charts, pamphlets, and similar articles shipped by U.S. Special exemption for books, maps, charts, pamphlets and similar articles
government offices to U.S. or foreign libraries, government shipped by U.S. government offices to U.S. or foreign libraries, government
establishment, or similar establishment, or similar
institutions. institutions.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 106

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Codes, continued

AES Citation Types
When entering an AES (Automated Export System) citation number, select the
AES citation type and enter the corresponding AES citation number. You must
enter the correct format based on the citation type selected.
• The internal Transaction Number (ITN) is issued as a Proof of Filing (POF)
statement when AES has received the data and has approved the
shipment for export. The ITN is generally returned by email to the
registered user of AESDirect and not on the AES screen.
• To enter the ITN on the Customs screen, select the filing option I have
already filed an EEI, I want to file using AESDirect or I want FedEx to file as
my agent from the drop-down menu. Select Pre-Departure ITN from the
Citation Type drop-down menu and enter the ITN in
the AES citation field. An ITN begins with AES and is
followed by X plus 14 numeric digits.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 107

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Pre-Departure ITN
If you have an AES Pre-Departure Proof of Filing citation, an internal
transaction number (ITN) is included, which is the AES issued approval number • “AESPOST” is static and upper case.
that allows you to export the shipment out of the U.S. The valid format must be
• “#########00” or “#########aa” represents the first 9 characters, which is
AES XYYYYMMDDnnnnnn.
the numeric EIN number specific to the shipper, and the last 2 characters are
• “AES X” is static and upper case. an alphanumeric EIN suffix.
• “YYYYMMDD” is the valid date.
• “nnnnnn” is the 6-digit random number issued by AES when you file your
SED/EEI and the record is accepted by AES.

AES Downtime Citation

If AES is down for an extended period of time when you attempt
to file your SED/EEI, the Proof of Filing citation format must be AESDOWN
#########00 mm/dd/yyyy or AESDOWN #########aa mm/dd/yyyy.
Post-Departure Citation
If you have a Post-Departure Proof of Filing citation, the valid format must • “AESDOWN” is static and upper case.
be AESPOST #########00 mm/dd/ yyyy or AESPOST #########aa • “#########00” or ”#########aa” represents the first 9 characters, which is
mm/dd/yyyy. the numeric EIN number specific to the shipper, and the last 2 characters are
an alphanumeric EIN suffix.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 108

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Canadian Customs Export Declaration Information
If your shipment requires an Export Permit Number or B13A Canada Export
Declaration, follow these steps: 3. B13A Filing Options
1. If required, enter an Export Permit # for your shipment. An Export Permit Select a B13A option and complete the required information.
# is required for international shipments containing controlled or regulated • 1-No B13A required – Provide the B13A Exemption Number
goods. application for your shipment.
For more information, refer to Export Permit Number in the online help. • 2-Manual B13A attached – Enter the 21 alphanumeric B13A Transaction
Number assigned by Canada customs.
2. B13A Canada Export Declaration (CAD)
• 3-CAED Electronic B13A – Enter the 17 or 23 alphanumeric
Canadian shippers are required to submit a B13A Canada Export
authorization code for your B13A.
Declaration for document and non document international
shipments that contain: • 4-B13A summary reporting – This option requires prior written
authorization from Canada Customs.
• Commodities or documents worth $2,000 CAD or more.
• Commodities that are controlled, regulated or prohibited. 4. Click Ship to process your shipment.
A B13A Canada Export Declaration is not needed for:
• Shipments to the U.S., Puerto Rico or the U.S. Virgin Islands.
• FedEx Transborder Distribution, FedEx International Priority
DirectDistribution or FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution
Freight shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 109

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Labels and Documents
FedEx Ship Manager Software prints one shipping label and one consignee Removing Shipping Value from Third Party Consignee Shipping Label
label for FedEx Express international shipments from the U.S. By removing Shipping Value from the FedEx Third Party Con- signee shipping
One shipping label and two consignee labels are printed for FedEx Express label, FedEx Ship Manager Software enables you to mask customs and carriage
international shipments from Canada. values on FedEx Interna- tional First, FedEx International Priority, FedEx
International Economy, FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution, FedEx
To reprint customs documents: Freight, FedEx International Priority Freight and FedEx International Economy
1. Click Document Reprint tab on the Reports screen. Freight shipping labels for FedEx Third Party Consignee service.
2. Enter or select information in the Search criteria section and click Search.
3. Select the appropriate shipment from the Search results section.
4. Select documents to reprint in the International documents
available for reprint section.
5. Select an Output option for printing or viewing the report.
• Screen – Click Screen to view the report on screen.
• Print – Enter number of copies and click Print.
• Save file – Click Save file. Select the appropriate
directory, enter the file name, and click OK.
• Documents saved as .txt or .rtf files can be emailed.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 110

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

FedEx Electronic Trade Documents
Welcome to the world of FedEx Electronic Trade Documents. FedEx Ship
Manager Software provides this new, paperless international shipping solution to • Set preferences to simplify completion of the Customs screen.
simplify your international shipping needs. Submit your international trade • Set defaults for the customs documents you upload.
documentation electronically and you no longer have to print and attach trade
documents to a shipment. • Use the feature as needed (can be turned on and off).
Capturing and sharing critical trade information as early as possible optimizes Before you begin, a FedEx account executive must turn on the feature’s functionality
the customs clearance process.You can upload your Commercial Invoice and via a utility.
associated trade documents (e.g., other ancillary documents) for data entry Shipping Enhancements for FedEx Electronic Trade Documents
and archiving.
To simplify your international shipping needs even more, FedEx Ship Manager
The FedEx Electronic Trade Documents allows you to: Software has enhanced FedEx Electronic Trade Documents with several new
• Upload customs documents generated by FedEx, or upload your own features:
international trade documents as files or images created on your own • Electronic submission of FedEx International Ground customs
systems in your preferred software format (e.g., PDF, Microsoft® Word, documents gives you more new ways to streamline efforts and
Microsoft® Excel). You can upload a document up to 5 MB file size. increase speed-to-market.
• Process trade documents without printing paper copies and placing them • Submitting customs documents to FedEx for future day shipments as well as
in the pouch attached to your shipment. current day shipments is quick and easy. You can now set the shipment date
• Add a company letterhead and signature image to the Commercial for any date from today’s date to 10 days in the future.
Invoice/or Proforma Invoice. • Ability to produce end-of-day and ad-hoc reports for FedEx Electronic Trade
• Gain additional time to resolve any difficulties with trade Documents shipments, including the FedEx Ground Batch Upload Failure
documents before shipment arrival. Report, FedEx Express Batch Upload Failure Report, FedEx Express ETD
Shipment Report and FedEx Ground ETD Shipment Report.
User Guide - 1 Essentials 111
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Since FedEx Electronic Trade Documents allows you to submit your international
trade documentation electronically, you no longer have to print and attach trade Post shipment document upload enhancement
documents to your shipments using FedEx Express International services or
With FedEx Electronic Trade Documents, you now have the option to upload your
FedEx International Ground.
trade documents after you finish your shipment, giving you more flexibility and
Please note that the FedEx Electronic Trade Documents option is not available at control. You can complete shipments and receive labels, and complete the
this time for group shipping, dangerous goods, dry ice, FedEx International documentation later as per your convenience. After indicating a shipment as a
Priority DirectDistribution® or FedEx® Transborder Distribution shipments. Post Shipment Document Upload Shipment, you can click “Complete Post
Reducing Number of FedEx Electronic Trade Documents Shipment Document Upload” link which will open the Global Trade Manager tool
for attaching documents after your shipment is processed.
Shipping Labels
To save you time and money, FedEx Ship Manager Software reduces the number To enable Post Shipment Document Upload and to view Electronic Trade
of printed shipping labels by one label when you use the FedEx Electronic Trade Documents (ETD) status, perform the following steps.
Documents feature to create shipping labels for U.S.-origin or Canada-origin 1. Click Ship | Customs tab to view Post Shipment
international shipments. checkbox.
For detailed international shipping instructions using FedEx Electronic Trade 2. Select Post Shipment checkbox to enable post shipment.
Documents, please refer to the FedEx Electronic Trade Documents Guide. To
download a PDF copy, go to fedex.com/us/ship-
manager/software/resources/support/ customs.html.
Note: Your destination country may require printed copies of your trade documents. Electronic Documents
with Originals (EWO) option enables you to upload your trade documents electronically and printed copies
are presented at customs if the destination country requires printed copies of your trade documents.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 112

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

You can electronically submit Post Shipment documents in

the following ways:
• Upload trade documents electronically at shipment time
• Upload trade documents electronically after shipment creation
For pre, with, and post shipment uploads, the file size has been increased from
1 MB to 5 MB. In addition, you can now use FedEx Electronic Trade
Documents to upload your trade documents regardless of whether or not the
Perform the following steps to view ETD shipped list destination country accepts trade documents electronically.
This will aid in clearance. If the destination country requires printed trade documents,
1. Click Shipping List dropdown and select ETD option to display View you will also be able to print them.
Shipped List-Electronic Trade Documents (ETD).
2. Click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 113

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Shipping Enhancements for FedEx Express Service in Mexico
FedEx Ship Manager Software allows users in Mexico to see the IVA (Sales) Tax Expansion of Economy Options for International Shipments
charge in the detailed shipment quote that matches the total quote. Mexican
FedEx Express international services have expanded to include new origin and
customers can ship
destination lanes for shippers in the U.S., Canada, Latin America and the
to another city within Mexico and the terms and conditions display in Spanish. Caribbean, Europe, Middle East and Africa and Asia Pacific regions.
FedEx Ship Manager will disable the automatic printing feature of select FedEx
FedEx International Economy and FedEx International Economy Freight services
Transborder Distribution close reports from Canada to Mexico to the United States.
impact all regions for both origin/ destination country pairs. Also, FedEx
FedEx Ship Manager Software also allows users in Mexico to process shipments International Economy Freight service from Canada to all regions is a new service
using FedEx First Overnight, FedEx Priority Overnight® and FedEx Standard offering.
Overnight® services. Affected provinces and their codes include:
FedEx International Economy DirectDistributionSM Service is available for contract
customers only and applies to origins in the Europe, Middle East and Africa, and
Asia Pacific regions.

Guanajuanto (GT) Queretaro (QT) Service Enhancements for FedEx Express, FedEx Express Freight Services,
Aguascalientes (AG) Baja
Hidalgo (HG) Sinaloa (SI) Dangerous Goods and Dry
California (BC)

Baja California Sur (BS) Jalisco (JL) San Luis Potosi Ice

Michoacan (MI) Morelos (SL)

Chihuahua (CH) FedEx Express and FedEx Express Freight Services have expanded to include the
Colima (CL) (MO) Mexico (MX) Nayarit Sonora (SO) Tabasco following new services:
Campeche (CM) (NA) Nuevo Leon (NL) (TB) Tlaxcala (TL)
Tamaulipas (TM) FedEx 2Day® A.M. (U.S. only)
Coahuila (CO) Oaxaca (OA) Puebla (PU)
Quintana Roo (QR) Veracruz (VE) Yucatan The FedEx 2Day A.M. service provides a morning delivery commitment time for
Chiapas (CS) Distrito
(YU) Zacatecas (ZA) planned shipments that can be delivered in 2 days, rather than using overnight
(DF) Durango (DG) service. FedEx 2Day
Guerrero (GR) A.M. is delivered by 10:30 a.m. to most areas (noon to some ZIP codes).

User Guide - 1 Essentials 114

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued FedEx First Overnight and FedEx International First Dangerous Goods
FedEx 2Day A.M. is also available for return shipments using FedEx Print Service
Return Labels, FedEx Email Return Labels, FedEx® Return System (using a The expansion of FedEx Express dangerous goods shipping with FedEx First
Return Material Authorization [RMA] number) and FedEx Express® Billable Overnight and FedEx International First services provides customers with a
Stamps. FedEx option to speed up their dangerous goods shipments. Dangerous goods
This new service provides unique benefits for: shipments need to be delivered as soon as possible — batteries, machine parts,
special equipment or test samples that are needed for airplane repairs,
• Customers with planned supply chain operations who would like to turn assembly lines or laboratory treatments. And some shipments need to move
around the shipment the same day (e.g., receive in the morning, utilize the quickly to ensure the contents do not expire, such as flammable liquids packed
contents and ship out the same day). in dry ice.
• Shipments to facilities that are often closed in the afternoons, and Key benefits include:
therefore need a morning delivery (e.g., pharmacies, doctors’ offices).
• Using FedEx First Overnight to ship FedEx Express dangerous goods
• Shippers that would like to ensure the morning delivery time. to expedite shipments that would typically be sent overnight.
FedEx First Overnight Freight (U.S. only) • Using FedEx International First to ship FedEx Express dangerous goods
This early morning freight delivery service provides time- definite early delivery for inbound to the U.S. from origins currently offering FedEx International
FedEx Express Freight Services shippers who have critical delivery needs to First and FedEx International Priority® dangerous goods service in
meet business needs. Canada, Latin America and the Caribbean and Europe, Middle East and
Africa.
For freight shippers, FedEx First Overnight Freight offers nationwide, early
morning delivery of critical shipments • Using current forms to create shipping labels for FedEx First Overnight
— tailored for urgent manufacturing, distribution or replenishment and FedEx International First dangerous goods shipments. These forms
needs. include airbills and the Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods (M-
1421C).
Note: You cannot use FedEx First Overnight and FedEx International First to ship radioactive materials.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 115

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

FedEx Express® Freight Saturday Pickup (U.S. only)
FedEx Express Freight Services for U.S. domestic and U.S. outbound FedEx International First®
international express freight has a Saturday pickup option available. FedEx International First has been expanded to 32 new origin countries, effective
For heavyweight September 29th, 2014.
shipments that cannot wait until Monday for pickup, FedEx Express Freight
Saturday Pickup will pick them up earlier at shipping docks to accelerate FedEx International First Saturday Delivery (U.S. only) FedEx International
transit times. Economy® and FedEx International Economy Freight Dangerous Goods and Dry
FedEx Express Freight Saturday Pickup is available for all services, Ice Service (U.S. only)
including FedEx 1Day® Freight, FedEx FedEx International Economy and FedEx International Economy Freight now
2Day® Freight, FedEx 3Day® Freight, FedEx International Priority Freight and accept dangerous goods and dry ice shipments from the U.S. to all locations
FedEx International Economy Freight. Every ZIP code offering FedEx that accept these commodities using FedEx International Priority and FedEx
Express Freight Saturday Delivery supports FedEx Express Freight Saturday International Priority Freight services. For your less time- critical shipments
Pickup. containing dangerous goods and dry ice, you now have the choice of a more
cost-effective shipping solution, and still benefit from FedEx service reliability
FedEx First Overnight® Saturday Delivery (U.S. only) and expert handling.
This service extends the Saturday Delivery special handling option within U.S.
domestic locations (and from Puerto Rico) to FedEx First Overnight. Shippers
with time-critical needs that can’t wait until Monday can benefit from the earliest
possible option on Saturday. Every ZIP code that supports Saturday Delivery for
FedEx Priority Overnight and FedEx First Overnight weekday service can receive
FedEx First Overnight Saturday Delivery shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 116

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customs Information, continued

Key benefits include:
• Add support for FedEx Express Saver®, FedEx 1Day Freight and FedEx
• Shipping dangerous goods to more international destinations with FedEx 2Day Freight for intra-Mexico shipping.
than with any other express carrier. FedEx International Economy and
FedEx International Economy Freight accept dangerous goods for • Add domestic services support for Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, Brazil
shipping to more than 60 countries and dry ice to more than 70 countries. and Colombia, including FedEx First Overnight (Brazil, Colombia), FedEx
Priority Overnight (Switzerland, Brazil, Colombia), FedEx Standard Overnight
• Using current forms to create shipping labels for FedEx First Overnight (United Arab Emirates, Brazil, Colombia), FedEx Express Saver (Brazil,
and FedEx International First dangerous goods shipments. These forms Colombia), FedEx 1Day Freight (United Arab Emirates, Brazil, Colombia) and
include airbills and the Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods (M- FedEx 2Day Freight (Brazil, Colombia).
1421C).

Harmonized Sales Tax in Ontario and British Columbia (Intra-Canada)

Non-U.S. Domestic Expansion and New Domestic Expansion
Enhancements The new Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) affects all rate quote, duty/tax, billing
systems and FedEx electronic shipping solution devices (online and offline). It also
FedEx Express and FedEx Express Freight Services have expanded to include affects all payers for shipments to/from/within Ontario and British Columbia.
domestic services for Canada, Mexico, Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, Brazil
and Columbia.
These expanded services:
• Support the launch of FedEx Economy, an Intra- Canada FedEx
Express service that provides door-to- door delivery by 5 p.m. in 1 to 3
business days to most
metropolitan areas, and FedEx Express Standard offering a delivery by 5
p.m. the next business day, or by 8 p.m. for residential shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 117

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Manage Returns
Convenient return shipping helps to improve customer service and
satisfaction. FedEx Ship Manager Software offers flexible return options
and shipment processing solutions.
Refer to the following to prepare your return shipments and reports:
• Process Return Only
• Process Return with Outbound Shipment
• Return Information
• Package and Shipment Details
• Billing Details
• Returns Shipping List
• Return Packages Report
Save time and keystrokes when preparing your return shipments by setting
shipping preferences for references, package type, package weight and
dimensions,
service type and more. The associated fields populate automatically based
on the recipient and sender selected for the shipment.
In addition, FedEx Global Returns service enhancements enable you to
create shipping labels and customs documentation for domestic and
international return shipments.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 118

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Process Return Only

To process a return shipment without sending an outbound package, click the
Return shipment tab.
Continue with the Return Information section for instructions on preparing the
return.
Process Return with Outbound Shipment
To process a return along with an outbound shipment:
1. Complete Shipment details screen for the outbound shipment and select
Return Labels check box and any additional special service options and
options you want for your shipment. The Return shipment tab becomes
active.
2. Click Return shipment tab and continue with the following
Return Information section for instructions on preparing the
return.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 119

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Return Information
Return Package To
1. Select the appropriate sender to receive the return shipment from
the Return to menu.
2. To view or edit the sender information, click View/Edit. Make any changes
on the View/Edit Sender screen and click OK. These changes are
automatically saved for that sender in the Sender database.
Return Package From
1. Select a recipient ID from the Return from menu or manually enter
the required information.
2. Select This is a residential address check box if the package is being
returned from a residence.
3. Continue with Package and Shipment Details section on the next page.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 120

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details Note: FedEx Global Returns solution shipments are governed by the respective terms and conditions applicable
to the country from which the shipment is returned. The terms and conditions of service may vary from country
Select a Return label type in the Package and shipment details section on to country.
the Return shipment screen. The label type selected determines the fields
Regardless of any payment instructions to the contrary that are given to FedEx, the party that initiates a return
that display. shipment transaction with FedEx using FedEx Global Returns services is ultimately liable for, will be billed for,
• Email return labels require an internet connection. and agrees to pay, all charges and fees, including any special handling fees and any duties
or taxes which we have advanced, if the sender or third party fails or refuses to pay.
• Print return labels can be printed on a laser printer and applied to the
For multiple-piece return shipments, refer to Multiple-Piece Shipments (MPS) for detailed instructions on
package. entering MPS information.
• Ground call tags (courier pickups) dispatch a FedEx Ground courier to
pick up a return shipment at your customer’s home or office address. What Happens after a Return Email is Processed through FedEx Ship
FedEx Global Returns Email Return Labels Manager®
Create and send return labels electronically to customers internationally as well • The return shipper receives the email with the link to the online label
as within domestically serviced locations using FedEx Express and FedEx system.
Ground networks. • The return shipper decides to return the shipment, selects the link to the
To utilize this feature, follow these steps: online system, and fills in the appropriate information to generate a shipment.
1. On Ship tab, click Return Shipment > Return Shipment Details tab • The online system generates a return label and customs documentation.
and fill in the information fields. • The online system screen from which the labels can be printed displays
2. Fill in the information fields in the Package and Shipment details suggested and uploaded documents from the original shipper.
area and select Email Label from the Return label type pull down • The return shipper prints the label(s), any selected documents, and customs
menu. documents indicated by the original shipper such as Commercial Invoices,
3. Select Return > Shipment > FedEx ShipAlert® > Notifications Proforma Invoices, and Certificates of Origin.
and fill in the informationfields.
4. Select Additional Documentation tab to select and upload additional
documentation.
5. Click Ship.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 121

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued 9. Enter the Item description of the return item, up to 80 characters.
Email Return Label (U.S. Domestic Return Only) 10. Enter the complete email address of the person you are sending the return
1. Select Email Label as the Return label type. The label to in the Email label text field. Enter the complete email address of
screen refreshes with the associated email label fields. the person you are sending the return label to in the Email label text field.
2. Enter the Return contact telephone number in the Return package to 11. Enter expiration date or click the calendar and select a date, up to 10
section, a required field for email return labels. working days, when the email label expires.

3. Enter the total Number of packages in the return shipment. 12. Enter an optional message in the Email return message text box, up to 200
characters.
4. Select Identical packages check box if there is more than one package
13. Continue with the Billing Details section.
with the same weight, service type and packaging in the return shipment.
14. Select Identical packages check box if there is more than one package
5. Enter an Estimated weight. FedEx scans theactual weight. with the same weight, service type and packaging in the return shipment.
6. Select Service type for the return. For FedEx service commitments,
refer to the FedEx Service Guide at fedex.com.
7. Select Package type. If you select Your Packaging, enter the Package
dimensions manually or select from your preset dimensions.
8. Enter Declared value for your return shipment. Refer to the FedEx
Service Guide at fedex.com for maximum declared value amounts.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 122

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Print Return Label
You can print a return label and return shipper instructions on your label or laser
printer to include with an outbound shipment or to send directly to your 9. If you want to print return shipping instructions for your customer, select
customer. Print Return Shipper Instructions check box. The instructions are printed
To print a return label: on your report printer or laser printer. The current date automatically fills in
as the Date Created for the return.
1. Select Print as the Return label type. The screen
refreshes with the associated print label fields. 10. You may save this as a PDF file.
2. Enter the total Number of packages in the return shipment. 11. Continue with the Billing Details section.
3. Select Identical packages check box if the return shipment
includes multiple packages with the same weight, service type and
package type.
4. Enter an Estimated weight. FedEx scans the actual weight.
5. Select Service type for the return. For FedEx service commitments, refer to
the FedEx Service Guide at fedex. com.
6. Select Package type.
7. The Package dimensions field activates when you select any package type
other than FedEx packaging. You can select from preset dimensions or
enter the dimensions manually.
8. Enter Declared value for your return shipment. Refer to the FedEx
Service Guide at fedex.com for maximum declared value amounts.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 123

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Ground Call Tag
A Ground call tag dispatches a FedEx Ground courier to pick up a return 6. Enter or select Pickup Date on the calendar. The pickup date must be 1 to
shipment at the customer’s location. The courier also prints the return label and 10 business days from the current date.
places it on the return package. Request a pickup date at a residence between Tuesday and Saturday.
Process a Ground call tag only after you have confirmed that a return Request a pickup date at a business between Monday and Friday.
shipment will be ready for pickup on a certain date. The courier makes up to 7. Enter additional Pickup instructions.
three pickup attempts.
8. Enter Ready Time for the return shipment or pickup between 8:00
A.M. and 6:00 P.M.
To send a Ground call tag: 9. Enter the latest Close Time the package can be picked up, no later than
1. Select Ground Call Tag as the Return label type.The screen refreshes 6:00 P.M.
with the associated Ground call tag fields. 10. Continue with the Billing Details section.
2. Enter the total Number of packages in the return shipment.
3. Select Identical packages check box if the return shipment
includes more than one package with the same weight, service type
and packaging.
4. Enter Declared value for your return shipment. Refer to the FedEx
Service Guide at fedex.com for maximum declared value amounts.
5. Enter the Item description of the return item, up to 80 characters.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 124

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Package and Shipment Details, continued

Ground Call Tag Uploads
FedEx Ship Manager Software automatically sends Ground call tags to FedEx
Ground every hour.
To notify FedEx Ground about the pickup right away,
1. Select System Settings from the Customize menu.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify.
3. Click 1-Your System Settings.
4. Select the At time of shipment radio button under Set the upload time
for Ground call tag shipment data: heading.
5. Click OK.
OR
Enable Ground Call Tags from the Utilities menu:
1. Select Upload from the Utilities menu.
2. Select Ground Call Tags check box.
3. Click OK.
Note: The tracking number for a confirmed Ground call tag pickup displays in the Shipping List.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 125

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Billing Details
Enter or select the following information in the Billing details section: for the return shipment, click the Return options tab.
1. Select account to bill for the shipment from the Bill shipment to menu. 6. Click Ship to process the return shipment.
Enter FedEx billing account number if the Acct # field isnot populated Note: You can add, view, edit and delete references in the Reference database. You can also print reference
automatically. reports.

2. Select a department ID from the Department notes menu or tab to To access the database, select Reference from the Databases menu and refer
the text field to enter a department description. to Database Functions.
3. Enter or select a Customer reference to include in shipping reports
and to use while tracking packages.
4. Enter a unique RMA (Return Materials Authorization) Number to
monitor the return shipment.
5. To select additional options and special service options

User Guide - 1 Essentials 126

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Returns Shipping List

As you process return shipments, they are saved in the daily Returns Shipping
List. You can view, modify and delete return shipments before you close the day.
1. To access return shipments, select Returns from the Shipping list
menu.
2. To delete, modify or repeat a return shipment, select the shipment and click
appropriate option at the bottom of the screen.
3. For more information about a return shipment, select the shipment and click
Status details, if active.
Note: The tracking number for a confirmed Ground Call Tag pickup also displays in the Shipping List.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 127

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Return Packages Report

The FedEx Return Packages report lists information for return shipments
processed on a certain date or date range.
1. Click Reports tab at the top of the screen.
2. Select FedEx Return Packages on the 1-Shipment screen.
3. In the Include section, enter the date range, invoice number or cycle
number with which the return shipments were processed.
4. In the Output section, click output the report to the
screen, print the report or save the report to a file.
5. To customize the report (e.g., add the RMA number) refer to
Customize Reports.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 128

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Generate Reports
FedEx Ship Manager® Software offers a portfolio of reports including detailed Ship Database Purge
shipping activities, historical data and database reports. All reports can be Two system settings determine when shipments are moved to your history
saved to your hard drive or to external memory, such as a CD or a USB drive. database and when they are purged from your system.
Refer to the following to access, generate, print and save your To customize these settings:
reports:
1. Select System Settings from the Customize menu.
• Shipment and History Reports
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify.
• FedEx Express Invoice
3. On the 1-Your System Settings screen, enter the minimum and maximum
• Ship Log
number of days in the Ship Database Purge section.
• FedEx Ground Manifest
• The Current setting moves current shipments to your
• Document Reprint history file within a certain number of days.
Refer to the following to customize your reports and forms: • The History setting purges shipments in your history file after a certain
• Customize Reports number of days. Once they are purged, they are removed from your
system.
• Report Field Definitions
• Customize Forms

User Guide - 1 Essentials 129

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Access to Shipping History

You can search and retrieve shipping history for closed shipments, based on the • Ends with
time frame you set up to keep past shipment information, without having to
create an additional report. For example, if you set your shipment database to • Contains
purge after 120 days, then shipments will only be available to view up to 120 Note: FedEx Ship Manager will search for all closed shipments within the database that match the selected
days. This functionality only applies to data collected after you have installed field, search condition, field value (cash insensitive), and optional ship date range. Previous ship results shall
not be saved or displayed.
FedEx Ship Manager v.2900 and above software.
Wildcard functionality is not supported in the search field.
To access shipping history, follow these steps:
You can now track shipments by clicking on Track button from Ship History screen which provides a faster and
1. Click Shipping List on the Shiptab. convenient option to track your shipments.

2. Scroll down to Ship History on the shipping list drop-down Your deleted shipments will not be displayed in the shipping history, by default.

menu.
3. A new dialog box will display the following values: Search by any of
the following criteria and click OK.
• Recipient ID
• Recipient Contact Name
• Recipient Company
• Recipient City
• Tracking Number
• Customer Reference
• Invoice Number
• P.O. Number
• Shipment ID
• Equals
• Begins with
User Guide - 1 Essentials 130
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipment and History Reports

To generate shipment reports using recent or historical shipment activity:
1. Click Reports tab.
2. To generate reports with recent shipping activity, click
1-Shipment tab and highlight one or more reports.
3. To generate reports for a particular ship date or range of dates, enter dates
in the Date range fields in the Include section.
To generate reports for a particular invoice or cycle number, select one of
the FedEx Ground® or FedEx Express® options and select the number from
the associated menu.
4. Select an Output option for printing or viewing the report.
• Screen – Click Screen to view the report on your screen.
• Print – Enter the number of copies and click Print.
• Save File – Click Save file. Select the appropriate directory, enter
the file name, and click OK.
5. To select the types of shipping data to include in the report, click Override
include and select the shipments to include for FedEx Express, FedEx
Ground and returns.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 131

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express Invoice Ship Log

To generate FedEx Express invoices: The Ship Log displays package information for the shipment
1. Click Reports tab. date or range of dates you indicate. You can include
U.S. and Canada domestic shipments and international shipments in your listing.
2. Click 2-FedEx Express Invoice tab.
To generate the Ship Log:
3. Highlight the invoices to run.
1. Click Reports tab.
4. Select an Output option for printing orviewing the invoice(s).
2. Click 3-Ship Log tab.
• Screen – Click Screen to view the report on your screen.
3. Enter date or date range of the packages to include in the Shipment Log
• Print – Enter the number of copies and click Print. in the Include section.
• Save File – Click Save file. Select the appropriate directory, enter 4. Select the check box(es) for types of shipments to include in the Include
the file name, and click OK. section.
5. Select an Output option for printing or viewing the Ship Log.
• Screen – Click Screen to view the report on your screen.
• Print – Enter the number of copies and click Print.
• Save file – Click Save file. Select the appropriate directory, enter
the file name, and click OK.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 132

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground Manifest Document Reprint

To generate FedEx Ground manifests: Customs documents, such as the Commercial Invoice
and Certificate of Origin, can be displayed for successful
1. Click ftab. shipments on screen or saved and retrieved to view or reprint.
2. Click 4-FedEx Ground Manifest tab.
3. Highlight the manifest(s) to run. To reprint or view customs documents:
4. Select an Output option for the manifest(s). 1. Click Reports tab.
• Screen – Click Screen to view the report on your screen. 2. Click 5-Document Reprint tab.
• Print – Enter the number of copies and click Print. 3. Enter the date range or other Search criteria and click Search.
• Save File – Click Save file. Select the appropriate directory, enter
4. Select shipment from the Search results.
the file name, and click OK.
5. Select the check box for theappropriate documents from the International
documents available for reprint section.
6. Choose an Output option for the document(s).
• Screen – Click Screen to view the report on your screen.
• Print – Enter the number of copies and click Print.
• Save file – Click Save file. Select the appropriate directory, enter the
file name, and click OK. Documents saved as .txt or .rtf files can be
emailed.
Note: Shipping labels are not available for reprint after 48 hours, even though they may appear in the
International documents available for reprint section.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 133

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Document Reprint,
continued
Reprinting FedEx Ship Manager Software Labels
Shippers in Latin America and the Caribbean can now reprint a FedEx Ship Note: Shipping labels are not available for reprint after 48 hours, even though they may appear in the
International documents available for reprint section.
Manager Software label in case the original shipping label is unusable (e.g., when
damaged or did not print). You can also reprint a duplicate thermal printer or laser
air waybill label designated as a Sender Copy to keep for your records. To facilitate customs clearance for certain services, you can also reprint the piece
To reprint a label, follow these steps: commodity description in the reference fields for each multiple-piece shipment (MPS)
child label (e.g., consignee copy, shipper copy, customs copy, manifest copy).
1. Click Reports tab.
Note: This commodity description feature does not apply to FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution,
2. Click 5-Document Reprint tab. FedEx International Economy DirectDistribution Service and FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution
Freight shipments.
3. Enter the date range or other Search criteria and click
Search.
4. Select shipment from the Search results.
5. Select the check box for theappropriate documents from the International
documents available for reprint section.
6. Choose an Output option for the document(s).
• Screen – Click Screen to review the report on your screen.
• Print – Enter the number of copies and click Print.
• Save file – Click Save file. Select the appropriate directory, enter the file
name, and click OK. Documents saved as .txt or .rtf files can be emailed.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 134

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Close at End-of-Day
Close shipments when you finish shipping for the day to prepare for your
daily pickup and to send shipment information to FedEx.
Refer to the following information in this section to automatically or
manually close your shipments:
• Auto-close
• Request Close (Manual)
• Reports

User Guide - 1 Essentials 135

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Auto-close
FedEx Ship Manager Software automatically closes FedEx Express and Disable Printing of Transborder Distribution Close Reports
FedEx Ground shipments at a certain time each day. If you have multiple FedEx Ship Manager will disable the automatic printing feature of select
systems and accounts, each system has its own auto-close time. FedEx Transborder Distribution close reports from Canada and Mexico to
Fifteen minutes before the auto-close time for each service, you receive a the United States.
message which allows you to continue with the auto-close or continue shipping
until you are finished for the day.
To change the auto-close time for FedEx Ground shipments:
1. Select System Settings from the Customize menu.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify.
3. Enter new times to auto-close your FedEx Express and FedEx Ground
shipments in the FedEx Auto-close Settings section at the bottom of the
1-Your System Settings screen.
4. Click OK.
Note: FedEx Ship Manager® sends notification when meter stops communicating for 72 hours in case of
Auto End of Day Close, similar to the Manual Close. You will be prompted to copy the revenue files to a CD
and a label will be printed.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 136

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Request Close (Manual)

To request to close shipments manually for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground,
follow these steps:
1. Click Close tab.
2. Click 1-Request Close tab.
3. In the Select system(s) section, select the appropriate System number if
the one displayed is not the system you want to close.
4. If you want to close more than one system, click All systems.
5. If FedEx Express appears as the only option in the Select shipments to
close section, skip to step 6. Otherwise, make your selection(s) of
shipments to close.
6. Click End your shipping day. A message for FedEx Express or
FedEx Ground displays when the close finishes for each system.
Note: To check the close status, click FedEx Express close status history or FedEx Ground close status
history at the bottom of the screen.

User Guide - 1 Essentials 137

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Reports Unprinted reports

You need to run shipment and courier reports when you close your shipping When you have finished making your report selection(s), click to Print or Delete
day. If you have more than one system and account, choose report options for reports shown in the Unprinted End of Day reports sections for FedEx Express
each system. and FedEx Ground.
1. Click Close tab.
2. Click 2-Reports tab.
3. A system number is displayed. If this is not the system you want to close,
select the appropriate system.
4. If you want to close more than one system, click All Systems.

Report options
Choose and select the shipment and courier reports to print in the Report options
section.
• If you ship FedEx Ground, select Only Print Ground Manifest
Summary page to prepare for your pickup. You receive two copies. Give
one copy to your FedEx Ground courier and keep a copy for yourself.
• To save all End-of-Day reports to a hard drive, select Save End of
Day Shipment Reports, then click Destination Directory to select
a directory for your reports.
• To generate EPDI (Electronic Package Detail Information) reports,
click EPDI reports. Selectthe report(s) to run and select the Output
option for the report(s).

User Guide - 1 Essentials 138

2 Advanced
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Your
Shipping Profiles
Customize your shipping profiles to save time as you create shipments. You
can customize shipping profiles for individual senders by setting
preferences for required and optional fields, FedEx Express® and FedEx
Ground® services, group shipping and FedEx ShipAlert® notifications.
Refer to the Assign Shipping Profiles to Senders instructions in
the Shipping Profiles section.
Refer to the following information in this section to customize your
system:
• Shipping Profiles
• Configurable References
• Customize Fields
• Customize User Prompts
• Customize Doc-Tabs
• System Settings

User Guide - 2 Advanced 2

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles
You can customize existing or default shipping profiles or create new ones
before you assign them to individual senders.
For example, create a unique shipping profile for FedEx Ground senders, then
assign that profile to your FedEx Ground senders using the Sender database.
Refer to the Assign Shipping Profiles to Senders instructions
in this section.
To customize shipping profiles:
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
The Shipping Profiles screen is displayed.
• To customize an existing or default profile, select the profile and
click View/Edit.
• To create a new profile, click Add. Select
Domestic or International as the profile type.
• To duplicate an existing or default profile, select the profile and
click Add by duplication.
2. Enter the profile information on the screen selected.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 3

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
Field Preferences
1. Click 1-Field Preferences tab.
2. Select a shipment type from thePreference Type menu.
3. Select a field from the field list.
4. Select one of the following options from the Behaviors
field:
None
• Do not assign a default for the field.
Constant
• Click Constant then select or enter a value in the Field value section.
This automatically populates this field with the same information for all
shipments.
• For example, if you use nonstandard packaging for FedEx Ground
shipments, select FedEx Ground Special Services, click Constant
as the behavior, then select Non-Standard Packaging from the
Field value menu.
Note: For the Package Size field, the field value menu lists your preset dimensions.

Carry
• Carry over or repeat information from the previous shipment.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 4

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
8. If you have finished setting field preferences for one preference type and
want to continue with another, select type from the Preference Type
Skip menu and follow the same steps.
• Skip a field on the Shipment details screen when using the Tab key. When you have finished setting preferences for the shipping profile, click OK to
This option is available for optional fields. save your settings. Click OK again on the View Shipping Profiles screen.
Configurable
• This option is available for reference fields. Refer to Configurable
References in this section to add and edit these configurable
references.
Note: To override field preferences for an individual shipment, press F11 on the associated shipping
screens.

5. Other preferences: Select additional preferences, if needed.

6. C.O.D. Remittance Code: Select the Sender ID to print on the C.O.D.
retturn label from the C.O.D.Remittance Code menu.
7. Start position: Select where to start the cursor onthe Shipment details
screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 5

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express Preferences

Save time on your FedEx Express shipping by setting defaults for Note: The Dept/Notes field prints automatically on the shipping label. To avoid duplicating this field, select None or
a different reference field to print on the shipping label.
references, handling charges and label formats.
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
The Shipping Profiles screen displays.
2. Select an existing profile and click View/Edit or click
Add or Add by duplication to add a new profile.
3. Click 2-FedEx Express Preferences tab.
4. Miscellaneous
• Require References
Select the check box if you require references for FedEx Express
shipments.
• Tracking # Overwrite (U.S. and Canada Domestic
profiles only)
If you have preassigned tracking numbers or print standard airbills
for U.S. and Canada domestic shipments, select the check box to
enter tracking numbers manually.
5. Insert in References
Use this option to select a reference to print in the
Reference field on shipping labels.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 6

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
6. Reference Label (U.S. and Canada Domestic profiles
only)
8. Label Format
Select label format option to identify the label stock you use. The label
For FedEx Express Freight shipments, select the check box of the
format is printed at the bottom of your labels.
corresponding freight service to print an optional label with additional
delivery information. The Reference label screen displays when you ship 9. Return Manager (U.S. profile only)
using the selected freight service.
If you print return shipping labels, select a Sender ID from the Return
7. Handling Charge Recipient menu. The sender’s name and address print in the return recipient
Select Include Additional Handling Charge check box section of your return shipping labels.
and enter your fixed and/or variable amounts. All U.S. and Canada domestic shipping profiles
• Combine your fixed handling charge and your use the same return recipient. When you select
percentage handling charge for all shipment types. a return recipient in one shipping profile, the same Sender ID is automatically
selected in all shipping profiles.
• Subtract your handling charge to pass along a shipping
Note: To order the 6” non-doc-tab shipping labels (Format 435 - 4x6 Thermal Label without Doc Tab), call
discount to your customers. 1.800.GoFedEx 1.800.463.3339 or go to fedex. com. To configure doc-tabs, refer to Customize Doc-Tabs.
• To subtract your fixed handling charge, select Fixed amount check
box and include a dash/minus sign (-) before the dollar amount.
• To subtract your variable amount, select Variable amount check
box and include a dash/minussign
(-) before the amount. Then select where to apply the variable amount
from the menu.
Once you have set handling charge defaults, Add’l handling activates in
the Billing details section on the Shipment details screen. To override
handling charge defaults for a shipment, click Add’l handling and enter
new values.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 7

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
10. International Air Waybill Format (International
profiles only)
For international shipments, you can print the standard multi-ply air
waybill on your report printer. If you use standard air waybills for any
of your international shipments, select the label format from the
menu.
11. When you finish selecting preferences for the shipping profile(s),
assign the profile(s) to individual senders. Refer to the Assign
Shipping Profiles to Senders instructions at the end of this section.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 8

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
FedEx Ground Preferences
Optimize your FedEx Ground shipping by setting defaults for references,
handling charges and label formats.
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
The Shipping Profiles screen displays.
2. Select an existing profile and click View/Edit, or click
Add or Add by duplication to add a new profile.
3. Click 5-Ground Preferences tab.
4. Miscellaneous
Select Require References check box if you require references for FedEx
Ground shipments.
5. Insert in References
Use this option to select a reference to print in the
Reference field on thermal shipping labels.
Note: The Dept/Notes field prints automatically on the shipping label. To avoid duplicating this field,
select None or a different reference field to print on the shipping label.
Note: The Location # is automatically embedded in the shipping label bar code. If you select it for the
Reference field, it also prints on the shipping label in human-readable form.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 9

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued

FedEx LTL Freight Preferences

You can configure LTL Freight reference field as a required field. Fields that are
set as required are “Ship ID1”, “Ship ID2”, “Consignee ID” and “Handling Unit
Details PO#”.
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
The Shipping Profiles screen displays.
2. Select an existing LTL Freight profile and click View/ Edit to view or
edit the profile.
3. Click 2 - FedEx LTL Freight Preferences tab.
4. You can see the Require Reference fields (ShipID1, Ship ID2,
Consignee ID and Handling Unit Details PO#).

User Guide - 2 Advanced 10

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
Note: The Unchecked option allows you to select the notification checkboxes.
continued
The Automatically select if email available automatically selects the checkboxes when an Email
FedEx Ship Manager Software offers a new Pickup Notifications option that Address is provided. The Always checked option displays the checkboxes by default. The Skip option
allows you to receive updates of the shipment, such as when a driver is disables the checkboxes on the ShipAlert tab.
assigned or is en- route or has arrived or departed for shipment pickups.
You can configure Pickup Alert Notification under the
FedEx ShipAlert Preferences tab.
5. Click 3- FedEx ShipAlert Preferences tab, select notification
types and then select the respective behavior. By default, the
option selected under Behavior section is Unchecked.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 11

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
6. Handling Charge 7. Label Format
Select Include Additional Handling Charge check box Select label format option to identify the label stock you use. The label
and enter your fixed and/or variable amounts. format is printed at the bottom of your labels.
• Combine your fixed handling charge and your 8. When you finish selecting preferences for the shipping profile(s), assign
percentage handling charge for all shipment types. the profile(s) to individual senders. Refer to the Assign Shipping Profiles
to Senders instructions at the end of this section.
• Subtract your handling charge to pass along a shipping
discount to your customers.
Note: To order the 6” non-doc-tab shipping labels (Format 435 - 4x6 Thermal Label without Doc Tab), call
• To subtract your fixed handling charge, select Fixed amount check 1.800.GoFedEx 1.800.463.3339 or go to fedex. com. To configure doc-tabs, refer to Customize Doc-Tabs.
box and include a dash/minus sign (-) before the dollar amount.
• To subtract your variable amount, select Variable amount check box
and include a dash/minus sign (-) before the amount. Then select
where to apply the variable amount from the menu.
Once you have set handling charge defaults, Add’l handling is activated in
the Billing details section on the Shipment details screen. To override
handling charge defaults for a shipment, click Add’l handling and enter
new values.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 12

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
FedEx SmartPost® Label Standardization
FedEx SmartPost (FXSP) offers effective label design options and lets you
choose what to print (customer reference, 2D or blank space) in the
secondary barcode space on the label. You can also request ground
tracking number by enabling the ‘Generate Ground Tracking Number’ check
box.
Note: The ground tracking number, if enabled, will be included in your shipment transactions, but will
not be included in the SmartPost shipping label.

To customize your SmartPost Label, begin here:

1. Access your shipping profiles from the Customize drop
down menu.
2. Select which profile you would like to customize a
SmartPost Label and click View/Edit.
3. The next screen will display several tabs for
customization. Select Tab 6 - SmartPost Preferences.
4. Tab 6 - SmartPost Preferences will allow you to customized
your SmartPost label to inlclude
Doc tab preferences with information that is important for you and your
customer.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 13

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping Profiles,
continued
Assign Shipping Profiles to Senders
To save time and keystrokes during the shipping process, 4. Click OK to save the changes and return to the View Senders screen. Click
assign shipping profiles to each sender. OK again to return to the shipping screen.
For example, if you have one sender who ships only FedEx Ground and 5. The preferences set in the assigned shipping profiles automatically
another who ships only FedEx Priority Overnight, create separate shipping populate the associated fields for that sender.
profiles and assign them to the associated senders. For the first sender, To override preferences for an individual shipment, press
select FedEx Ground as a constant service type, and select FedEx Priority F11 on the associated shipping screens.
Overnight for the other sender.
When each sender starts shipping for the day, they select their Sender ID as
the current sender in order to activate their preferences.
Note: Recipient preferences override sender preferences that have been selected in Shipping Profiles
for the same field.
Refer to the RecipientPreferences instructions.

To assign shipping profiles to a sender:

1. Select Sender from the Databases menu. The View Senders screen
is displayed.
2. Select the sender in the Sender list and clickView/ Edit. The
View/Edit Sender screen is displayed.
3. In the Shipping profiles section, select theappropriate Domestic,
International or Transborder Distribution shipping profile.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 14

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Configurable References
The following reference fields are used to record your For Canada domestic and international shipments – Customer reference
reference information: appears in the Billing details section on the Shipment details screen. Additional
• Additional Reference 1 reference fields appear on the Options screen.

• Additional Reference 2 4. Click Configurable as the Behavior. The View

Configurable References screen is displayed.
• Additional Reference 3
• Customer Reference
Note: You can add, view, edit and delete references in the Reference database. You can also print
reference reports. To access the database, select Reference from the Databases menu. To change
these reference field names, refer to Customize Fields.

Follow these steps to create prompts for reference fields

and select whether each prompt is required.
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
2. Select the shipping profile to update and clickView/ Edit.
3. On 1-Field Preferences tab, select the reference field from the field list.
For U.S. domestic shipments – Customer reference and one additional
reference field appear in the Billing details section on the Shipment
details screen. Additional reference fields appear on the Options
screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 15

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Configurable References,
continued
5. Click Add to add a new prompt, or click Update 11. Click Add to add additional prompts for this field.
to update an existing prompt. For either function, the Configurable 12. Click OK to save your information and return to the View
Reference Maintenance screen is displayed. Configurable References screen.
6. Field Prompt – Enter the text you want to display that prompts you to Note: If you require references for each shipment, you must also select Require References on the 2-FedEx Express
enter the reference information. Preferences and the 5-Ground Preferences screens, as applicable.

7. Field Length – Enter the maximum number of characters

allowed for this information.
Note: The total number of characters allowed for all prompts combined is 30.

8. Field Data Type – Select the type of characters to allow for this
reference information.
9. Field Behavior
• To allow any reference information in the field, click
None.
• To automatically populate the field with constant reference
information, click Constant and enter the field information.
• To carry over reference information from the last shipment, click
Carry.
10. Select Field Required check box if you require reference information
for this prompt. This option allows you to require reference information
for some prompts and not others.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 16

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Configurable References,
continued
13. To see how the prompt(s) appear when you click the field during 3. Recipient country sort
shipping, select the prompt on the View Configurable References • Select to sort the Country menu on the Shipment details screen
screen and click Show Screen. by Country name or Country code.
14. Click OK on all Shipping Profile screens to save your
reference information.

Customize Fields
Set Recipient Country Defaults
To set defaults for the recipient Country field on the
Shipment details screen:
1. Select Customize Fields from the Customizemenu.
2. Recipient country preference: Click one of the following
options:
• None – Defaults to the country of the master meter
• Carry – Defaults to the country selected in your last shipment
• Constant – Defaults to the country selected from the Constant menu

User Guide - 2 Advanced 17

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Fields, continued

You can customize the names of the fields listed below. However, they are referred
to by their default names throughout this User Guide. To customize field names:
• Recipient ID 1. Select Customize Fields from the Customize menu.
• Customer reference
2. In the Customize reference fields section, change the field names that display
• Department/Notes on screen to best suit your shipping needs.
• Additional reference 1 3. Select Reference type for the reference field(s).
• Additional reference 2 Note: For FedEx Ship Manager Software Reports, these fields may be configured to display in any of the four
Reference type options: Customer reference, P.O. number, Invoice number or Shipment ID.
• Additional reference 3
Note: The information entered for these fields, except for Recipient ID, prints on thermal shipping labels 4. Click OK to save your changes. The names are automatically
by default. To print the Recipient ID on thermal labels, you must select it in the Insert in references updated on the screen(s).
section on the FedEx Express and FedEx Ground preference screens. Refer to the FedEx Express
Preferences or FedEx Ground Preferences instructions in Shipping Profiles. Contents entered in
Additional reference 1 and Additional reference 2 display on your FedEx Express invoice.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 18

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize User Prompts

You can remove or display confirmation prompts and warning messages
that appear when you prepare and process shipments, such as:
• Confirmations to save updated recipient information
or delete database records.
• Message prompts when a Commercial Invoice is required in a
local language and/or on letterhead stationery.
Note: By default, all user prompts are set to Prompt.

To remove or display user prompts:

1. Select Customize User Prompts from the Customize
menu.
2. Select Prompt or Don’t Prompt from the Prompt menu, and repeat
this procedure as needed for other prompts.
3. Click OK to save your selections. You do not have to restart FedEx Ship
Manager Software for your prompt changes to take effect.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 19

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Doc-Tabs
The doc-tab is the peel-off strip at the top of shipping label Format 354 -
Thermal Label with Doc Tab.
Doc-tabs are used for back-office records and should be
removed from actual shipping labels.
To customize the information printed on doc-tabs for FedEx Express
and FedEx Ground U.S. and Canada domestic shipments and
international shipments:
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
2. Select the appropriate shipping profile and
click View/Edit.
3. Click 2-FedEx Express Preferences or 5-Ground Preferences
tab.
4. Select Format 354 - 4x6.75 Thermal Label with Doc Tab
as the Label Format.
5. Click Customize doc tab configuration.
6. Click Doc tab configuration and continue with the
following instructions for the configuration options:
• Package doc tab configuration
• Totals doc tab configuration

User Guide - 2 Advanced 20

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Doc-Tabs, continued

Package doc tab configuration
1. To change the field names that print on the doc-tab, click Package doc
tab configuration tab on the Doc Tab Configuration screen. The field 4. The information associated with the field name that prints on the doc-tab is
names are shown in columns 1, 3 and 5. To change the field names, shown in columns 2, 4 and 6. Tochange the information, select the
enter the new text in the appropriate text box. associated field you want displayed with the field name.
2. The information associated with the field name that prints on the doc- 5. Click OK to save your changes.
tab is shown in columns 2, 4 and 6. To change the information, select
the associated field you want displayed with the field name.
3. Click OK to save your changes.

Totals doc tab configuration

1. To print doc-tab totals for multiple-piece shipments, click Totals doc
tab configuration tab on the Doc Tab Configuration screen.
2. Select Print totals doc-tab check box.
3. The field names that print on the doc-tab are shownin columns 1, 3 and
5. To change the field names, enter the new text in the appropriate text
box.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 21

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Print Net Freight Charges on Custom Label

Note: You are now able to select new service options that are supported and add them in the
To simplify your freight charges, FedEx Ship Manager Software allows you Custom/Validator label.
to print a Net Charge No Taxes field on doc-tabs and validator labels.
The Net Charge No Taxes is the base rate minus discounts and the total
surcharges (excluding taxes). This is expressed as: Net Charge No Taxes =
Base Rate - Discounts + Total Surcharges (excluding taxes).
To assign the Net Charge No Taxes field to your doc-tabs
and validator labels, follow these steps:
1. Select Custom Label Profiles from the Customize drop-down
menu. The Customs Label screen is displayed.
2. Click Add and select Customer Label Profile. The
Custom Label Configuration screen is displayed.
3. Select Net Charge No Taxes in the FieldChooser section.
4. Drag and drop the field in Label Preview section or
Click Add.
5. Click OK to complete the process.
If you select Shipping Profiles from the Customize drop- down-menu, the
Doc-tab configuration option for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground
shipments includes a Net Charge No Taxes field.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 22

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

System Settings
Customize your FedEx Ship Manager Software system to set defaults for • Ship Database Purge
communications, international shipping, language preference, label • Label Information
information, customer administration and more.
• Interface Preferences
Refer to the following information for details:
• FedEx Ground International Settings
• Your System Settings
5. Click OK to accept your selection(s).
• FedEx Customer Administration
• Other System Settings Options

Your System Settings

To customize your system settings:
1. Select System Settings from theCustomize menu.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify.
3. Click 1-Your System Settings tab to set general application
defaults.
4. Make your selections in the following sections on this screen:
• System Settings
• FedEx Express International Settings
• Communications Override
• FedEx Auto-close Settings

User Guide - 2 Advanced 23

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

System Settings,
continued
FedEx Customer Administration Automatic Notification to Download Rates for Child
To customize your customer administration information: Meters
1. Select System Settings fromthe Customize FedEx Ship Manager Software will send a notification to download rates and tracking
menu. numbers after a child meter is restored for systems that operate with a parent and a
child meter configuration.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify.
Removing a Child Meter
3. Click 2-FedEx Customer Admin tab.
To delete a FedEx Ship Manager Software child meter without uninstalling and
4. Make your selections in the following sections on this screen: reinstalling the software, contact your FedEx customer technology consultant or call
• Account Billing Information the FedEx Ship Manager Technical Support Center at
1.877.FDX Assist 1.877.339.2774.
• Shipping Screen
• Rating/Revenue
• Quick Setup
Other System Settings Options
Access to the following System Settings tabs requires login with the
administrator password:
• 3-Logging
• 4-FedEx Express Admin
• 5-FedEx Ground Admin
• 6-Integration
Contact your FedEx Ship Manager Software Account Representative for more
information on these administrative settings.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 24

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Select Special Service Options

The Options screen conveniently groups additional shipping options,
special service options and additional reference fields.
This section guides you through the special service options and additional
shipping options available within FedEx Ship Manager® Software.
• Special Service Options
• Optional Information
• FedEx InSight®
• Shipment Receipt
• FedEx ShipAlert®
Save time and keystrokes when preparing your shipments by setting shipping
preferences for references, package type, package weight and dimensions,
service type and more. The associated fields populate automatically based on
the recipient and sender selected for the shipment.
Refer to Recipient Preferences or Assign Shipping
Profiles to Senders for detailed instructions.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 25

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options

The special service options available for your shipment vary depending on the origin and
destination countries and package detail

Shipping Method Special Service Options Available Shipping

•
Method Special Service Options Available

FedEx Economy (Canada only) Hold at Location FedEx First Overnight - Alcohol (U.S. only)
Return Labels Your packaging Dangerous Goods (U.S. only)
Dry Ice Only
FedEx Economy (Mexico only) Delivery on Invoice Acceptance
Non-Standard Packaging
Return Labels
Priority Alert
FedEx Express Saver® (U.S. only) COD (Collect on Delivery) Priority Alert Plus
Hold at Location Return Labels
Return Labels Saturday Delivery
FedEx Express Saver - Alcohol
Your packaging COD (Collect on Delivery)
FedEx International Priority® Broker Select
(U.S. only) Dangerous Goods
FedEx International Economy® Controlled Shipment - FICE
Controlled Shipment - ITAR (Exempt)
Dry Ice Only
Cut Flowers (Mexico only)
Hold at Location
Dangerous Goods
Non-Standard Packaging
Dry Ice Only
Return Labels
Hold at Location
FedEx First Overnight® Alcohol (U.S. only) Non-Standard Packaging
Dangerous Goods (U.S. only) Priority Alert
Dry Ice Only Priority Alert Plus
Priority Alert Return Labels
Priority Alert Plus Saturday Delivery
Return Labels Temporary Export (Mexico only)
Saturday Delivery Third Party Consignee
Note: FedEx International Economy dangerous
goods service is available to/from the U.S. only.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 26

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued Shipping Method Special Service Options Available

Shipping Method Special Service Options Available FedEx Standard Overnight® COD (Collect on Delivery) (U.S. only)
(U.S., Mexico and Hold at Location
FedEx International Priority® Freight Broker Select Intra-Canada only) Return Labels
Controlled Shipment - FICE Controlled Shipment -
ITAR (Exempt) Dangerous Goods FedEx Standard Overnight - Alcohol (U.S. only)
Drop Off Dry Ice Your packaging COD (Collect on Delivery) (U.S. only)
Only (U.S., Mexico and Dangerous Goods
Hold at Location Priority Intra-Canada only) Dry Ice Only
Alert Priority Alert Plus Hold at Location
Return Labels
Non-Standard Packaging
Third Party Consignee
Return Labels
COD (Collect on Delivery) (U.S. only) Hold at
FedEx Priority Overnight® Location
FedEx 1Day® Freight Alcohol (U.S. only)
Priority Alert Priority FedEx 2Day® Freight COD (Collect on Delivery) (U.S. only)
Alert Plus Return Labels (U.S. and Mexico only) Dangerous Goods
Saturday Delivery Drop Off
Dry Ice Only
Alcohol (U.S. only) Hold at Location
COD (Collect on Delivery) (U.S. only) Dangerous Goods Inside Delivery (U.S. only)
FedEx Priority Overnight - Your Dry Ice Only Hold at
Inside Pickup (U.S. only)
packaging Location
Non-Standard Packaging Priority Alert
Priority Alert
Priority Alert Plus Return Priority Alert Plus
Labels Saturday Return Labels
Delivery
FedEx 3Day® Freight Alcohol
(U.S. only) COD (Collect on Delivery)
Dangerous Goods
Drop Off
Dry Ice Only
Hold at Location
Inside Delivery
Inside Pickup
Return Labels

User Guide - 2 Advanced 27

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued

Shipping Method Special Service Options Available Shipping Method Special Service Options Available

FedEx Ground® Alcohol (U.S. only) FedEx 2Day® Alcohol (U.S. only)
COD (Collect on Delivery) COD (Collect on Delivery) (U.S. only)
Dry Ice Only (U.S. only) Dangerous Goods
Ground ORM-D (U.S. only) Dry Ice Only
Hazardous Materials (U.S. only) Hold at Location
Hold at Location (U.S. only) Non-Standard Packaging (U.S. only)
Lithium Battery (U.S. only) Return Labels (U.S. only)
Non-Standard Packaging Saturday Service
Return Labels (U.S. only)
Small Quantity Exception (SQE) (U.S. only) FedEx International First® Controlled Shipment - FICE
FedEx International Ground® Broker Select Controlled Shipment - ITAR (Exempt)
COD (Collect on Delivery) Dangerous Goods (to/from the U.S.)
Exclude from Consolidation Dry Ice Only
Non-Standard Packaging Non-Standard Packaging (U.S. only)
Return Labels Priority Alert
FedEx Home Delivery® Alcohol Priority Alert Plus
Return Labels
(U.S. only) Appointment Delivery
Temporary Export (Mexico only)
Date Certain Delivery
Dry Ice Only
Evening Delivery FedEx International Broker Select
Ground ORM-D Economy® Freight Controlled Shipment - FICE
Hazardous Materials Controlled Shipment - ITAR (Exempt)
Hold at Location Dangerous Goods (U.S. only)
Lithium Battery Drop Off
Non-Standard Packaging Dry Ice Only (U.S. only)
Return Labels Hold at Location
Small Quantity Exception (SQE) Return Labels

User Guide - 2 Advanced 28

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued

Alcohol Shipping Enhancements* (U.S. only)
FedEx makes alcoholic beverage shipping easier, faster and more convenient than Creating Shipping Label for FedEx Express Alcohol Shipment
ever before for approved shippers using FedEx Express and FedEx Ground To create a shipping label for a FedEx Express or FedEx Express Freight
services within the U.S. Services alcohol shipment, follow these steps:
Simply select Alcohol as a shipment option and FedEx automatically selects Adult 1. Complete Shipment details screen for a FedExExpress shipment.
signature required and you will now be able to print the SEL-169 alcohol sticker
with the shipping label. 2. In the Package and shipment details section, select the appropriate
service from the Service type drop- down menu. The Package type
*This feature is only available for those FedEx account holders enrolled in the field defaults to Your Packaging. Complete the Package dimensions
FedEx alcoholic beverage shipping program. field.
This new alcohol feature: 3. Select Alcohol check box in the Special Options section in the Shortcuts
• Simplifies compliance. section or in the Options tab.
• Save times by eliminating clicks and key strokes. 4. Select Alcohol Recipient Type (required) andAlcohol Shipment Label if
• Minimizes training. you would like to print the SEL-169 alcohol sticker with the shipping label.
The Signature Options field automatically selects Adult signature
Alcohol shipments now require an Alcohol Recipient Type. If you have a profile required.
for alcohol shipments, the Recipient Type will need to be included on import in
order to prevent edits or errors at ship time. 5. Click Ship. The term ALCOHOL will appear on the label and a new
alcohol code will go in the barcode for shipment identification.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 29

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued

Creating Shipping Label for FedEx Ground Alcohol Shipment
To create a shipping label for a FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery Broker Select
alcohol shipment, follow FedEx International Broker Select® allows you to select a customs broker other
these steps: than FedEx.
1. Complete Shipment details screen for a FedEx Ground or 1. Select Broker Select under the Special Services section of the
FedEx Home Delivery shipment. Options tab. The Broker Select Option Information screen displays.
2. In the Package and shipment details section, select the appropriate 2. Select an existing broker from the Broker ID menu or enter a new
service from the Service type drop- down menu. The Package type Broker ID and all required information.
field defaults to Your Packaging. Complete the Package dimensions
field.
3. Click OK to save the broker and return to the Options screen.
4. To view or edit your brokers, click View/Edit next to Broker Select. The
3. Select Alcohol check box in the Special Services section in the
Broker Select Option Information screen displays. Make any changes
Shortcuts section or in the Optionstab.
and click OK.
4. Select Alcohol Recipient Type (required) and Alcohol Shipment Label if Note: You can add, view, edit and delete brokers in the Brokers database. You can also select print
you would like to print the SEL-169 alcohol sticker with the shipping label. settings for broker reports.
The Signature Options field automatically selects Adult signature To access the Brokers database, select Brokers from the Databases menu and refer to Database
required. Functions. If you do not have a designated broker, please contact FedEx Trade Networks at
1.800.388.9479,
5. Click Ship. The term ALCOHOL will appear on the label and a new then press 363 (extension).
alcohol code will go in the barcodefor shipment identification.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 30

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued C.O.D. (Collect on Delivery)

FedEx Ground COLLECT Billing Option
®
Follow these steps when shipping FedEx® Collect on Delivery
For shippers in the U.S. and Canada, the FedEx Ground COLLECT billing (C.O.D.) for a single package.
option is now available 1. Click C.O.D. under the Special Services section of the Options tab. The
for all FedEx International Ground® services. If C.O.D. (Collect on Delivery) Information screen is displayed.
you select the Broker Select Option (BSO) and bill collect option, the
transportation charges are billed 2. Enter total C.O.D. amount to collect, excluding additional shipping
to the consignee. And if you select the bill collect option but do not select charges. You receive one C.O.D. label for the shipment.
the Broker Select Option (BSO), the transportation charges are still billed Note: The C.O.D. Amount applies to the entire shipment check box displays above the Amount field for
the first package in a U.S. domestic FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS). Select this option if it
to
applies to your FedEx Ground shipment.
the consignee.
3. Select a Collection type: FedEx
Ground
• Any payment type
• Guaranteed funds – Certified check, money order or cashier’s check
ONLY
• Currency – Currency ONLY
FedEx Express (U.S. only)
• Secured check (if you require acashier’s check or money order)
• Non-secured check
4. Select an option from the Freight charges to add to
C.O.D. amount menu.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 31

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued

5. If applicable, select Make the declared value equal to the C.O.D.

amount check box.
6. For FedEx Ground shipments only, select a reference from the
References menu to print on the C.O.D. label.
7. Select Sender ID from the Remittance address menu to print the
remittance address on the C.O.D. return label. The remittance address
may differ from the current sender’s address.
8. Click OK.
Note: The C.O.D. for FedEx Ground shipments requires the users to define the C.O.D. currency type. If
you have a profile for FedEx Ground C.O.D. special service shipments, the C.O.D. currency type must
be included on the import to prevent edits or errors at ship time. For multiple-piece FedEx Ground
shipments, you can select C.O.D. for all packages or for individual packages.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 32

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued

Pharmacy Delivery Special Request (U.S. Addresses Only)
Designate the pharmacy as the requested delivery location for a shipment,
bypassing loading docks and receiving areas. You may also make a request for
a return shipment using the U.S. domestic email label.
To utilize this feature, follow these steps:
1. Select Ship tab.
2. Select a Recipient.
3. Enter Number of packages, Enter Weight, Select Service type, Select
Package type.
4. Select Pharmacy Delivery from the Shortcuts window of special options.
5. Click Ship.
Note: Signature service fees may apply.
The pharmacy delivery option is not available to residential addresses.
This special request is only available for U.S. domestic FedEx Express® package (non-freight) shipments,
including the delivery portion of a FedEx® Transborder Distribution shipment within the U.S.
The Pharmacy Delivery option will only be visible for eligible shipments.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 33

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Special Service Options, continued

Dangerous Goods
You can ship domestic and international dangerous goods (DG) from Canada Dangerous Goods Checklist
and the U.S. In the U.S., you can also ship domestic and U.S. Territories (e.g., FedEx Ship Manager Software helps you provide the proper paperwork and
Puerto Rico) ORM-D commodities. information required for dangerous goods shipments. Requirements and other
Note: For detailed dangerous goods shipping information, important steps for shipping dangerous goods are as follows:
go to fedex.com.
1. Assign printers for forms.
International Air Transport Association (IATA)
2. Add and update dangerous goods in the Dangerous Goods
When you ship dangerous goods, FedEx Ship Manager Software checks that database.
the information complies with International Air Transport Association (IATA)
Dangerous Goods regulations. With built-in IATA tables, the Dangerous Goods 3. Import dangerous goods from another FedExShipping Solution.
database saves you time and provides accurate information. 4. Customize Dangerous Goods Shipment Report.
Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 5. Load dangerous goods forms in the printer(s).
For ORM-D hazard class, FedEx Ship Manager Software checks a built-in 6. Process dangerous goods shipments.
49 CFR as prepared for air using the transport table.
7. Print Dangerous Goods Shipment Report from the Report screen.
Documents
8. Print Dangerous Goods database reports from the Dangerous
When you ship dangerous goods, the system prints the Shipper’s Declaration Goods database screen.
for Dangerous Goods (M-1421C) (#146491). The Canadian 1421 Dangerous
Goods Form now requires that Emergency telephone number provided is
accessible 24 hours.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 34

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
New Regulations for Shipping Dangerous Goods FedEx Ship Manager Signatory Information
Software now incorporates recent Complete this section by entering all of the required information.
regulations governing dangerous goods shipping. These 1. Regulations – Although the Regulations field defaults to IATA, you can select
updates include the following regulatory changes: ORM-D from the menu based on your shipment. ORM-D commodities may
• A new regulation that requires users to enter a package type field entry for be shipped from the U.S. to a recipient in the U.S. or a U.S. Territory (e.g.,
any FedEx Express dangerous goods shipment identified as Other Puerto Rico) only.
Regulated Materials – Domestic (ORM-D) and to include a print 2. Title of Signatory – Enter the job title of the individual authorized to sign
of the package type on the Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods dangerous goods documents.
(M-1421C). FedEx Ship Manager Software now accommodates these
requirements. 3. Name of Signatory – Enter the name of the individual authorized to sign
dangerous goods documents.
Shipping Information
4. Place of signatory – Enter the city where the dangerous goods document
To ship dangerous goods using FedEx Express: is signed.
1. Complete Shipment details screen for a FedEx Express
shipment.
5. Emergency telephone – Enter the 24-hour emergency number required by
U.S. and Canadian law. Refer to the Emergency Phone Number UN#/ID#
2. In the Package and shipment details section, select the appropriate Exceptions table for exceptions to this requirement.
FedEx Express service (e.g., FedEx Priority Overnight) from the Service
type menu.Select
6. Additional handling info – Enter any information relevant to handling
and shipping the dangerous goods substance.
Your Packaging from the Package type menu and then
complete the Package dimensions field.
3. Click Options tab. The Options screen is displayed.
4. Click View/Edit next to the Dangerous Goods option. The View/Edit
Dangerous Goods screen displays and defaults to the Other screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 35

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
All Packed in One 1. Consignment of Overpacks – Select this check box to activate the
Select All Packed in One if you are shipping more than one dangerous goods Number of completed Overpacks (in the consignment) field.
commodity in the same combination package prepared as an All Packed in 2. Number of completed Overpacks – Enter the number of completed
One under IATA. Overpacks in the consignment. If you select Consignment of Overpacks
1. Packing type of outer container – Enter packing type of outer container for international packages, the Number of completed Overpacks is
used. required. The Number of completed Overpacks prints in the Quantity and
Type of Packing section followed by the times sign (e.g., Overpack Used x
2. Consignment of All Packed in One – Select this check box to activate the 2).
Number of completed All Packed in One field for packages in the
Note: Click both All Packed in One and Overpacks used if the shipment meets both criteria.
consignment.
FedEx Ship Manager Software has implemented changes to accommodate the
3. Number of completed All Packed in One – Enter the number of shipment of multiple radionuclides in both an All Packed In One or an Overpack.
completed All Packed in One packages in the consignment. If you
Both Transport
select Consignment of All Packed in One for international shipments,
Index (TI) and Criticality Safety Index (CSI) are package-level fields on Tab 1 for
an entry in the Number of completed All Packed in One field is
customers shipping these more complex Radioactive Material, Class 7 shipments.
required. The Number of completed All Packed in
One prints in the Quantity and Type of Packing section followed by the Also, a typed signature prints for ORM-D (49CFR as prepared by Air)
times sign (e.g., All Packed in One x 2). shipments. FedEx Express does accept a typed, computer-generated
signature for U.S. shipments.
Overpacks Used
Select Overpacks Used when shipping one or more packages in the same
enclosure, forming one handling unit when prepared as an Overpack in IATA.
You must properly pack, mark and label each package in the overpack.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 36

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
Infectious substance shipment information
1. If the shipment contains an infectious substance, enter the name and phone
number of the person responsible for the shipment.
2. Click OK. The message “There must be at least one dangerous good
in the shipment” displays. Click OK. The Dangerous goods entry screen
displays.

Dangerous Goods Details

Enter the required information in the Dangerous goods
details section. Required fields are in bold on the screen.
1. Dangerous goods ID – Enter the dangerous goods code or select the
code from the Dangerous Goods database that represents the
substance you are shipping. If you enter a new code, the View/Edit
Dangerous Goods screen displays for you to add the dangerous
goods commodity to your database.
Note: If you have the dangerous goods ID stored in your Dangerous Goods database, select it from the
Dangerous goods ID menu. The required information displays in the Dangerous goods details section and
the Radioactive information section (if required).

User Guide - 2 Advanced 37

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
1. Click Add to shipment to add the dangerous goods information to the
2. UN#/ID# – Enter the appropriate UN# or ID# of the item that corresponds Dangerous goods in shipment section.
to the dangerous goods you are shipping (e.g., UN1090 for acetone).
Based on your UN#/ID# entry, FedEx Ship Manager Software displays the 2. Verify the dangerous goods in the shipment. Make any necessary
corresponding items listed in the IATA table. changes.
Packing instructions in maximum quantity appear in the same order 3. Click OK. The Options screen is displayed.
as found in IATA 4.2 columns G through L. Note: If you are shipping a multiple-piece shipment (MPS), click Multiple- piece shipment. When the
Multiple-piece Shipment Information screen displays, complete the required sections and click Ship.
3. # of packages, Net quantity/Gross mass and
The Options screen displays again.
Type of packing – If they are not already populated, complete these
required and optional fields as required. 4. Click Ship to process the shipment and print the shipping label and
Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods (M-1421C) (#146491).
4. Aircraft type – Select Passenger and cargo check box.
Note: If you entered multiple packages (e.g., 3) in the Number of packages field on the Shipment details
5. Verify the shipping label and Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous
screen and all of them contain the same dangerous goods item, the # of packages field on the Dangerous Goods for completeness and accuracy.
goods
6. Sign the Signature section (if applicable).
entry screen defaults to 1. Delete 1 and enter 3.
Note: If you amend or alter the printed Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods, you must sign each
Radioactive Information amendment or alteration, using your full signature, not initials. This must be the same individual’s signature
whose signature appears in the signature section.
Complete the Radioactive information section, if required. You can save this
information to your Dangerous Goods database as needed.
Note: If you are shipping radioactive and nonradioactive articles in Canada, you must process the
articles in separate shipments.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 38

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
Limitations
FedEx Ship Manager Software cannot support the items described below To accommodate this change, you must prepare these shipments in compliance with
at this time. current International Air Transportation Association (IATA) regulations that do not allow
Multiple radio nuclides in a radioactive shipment including: for the ORM-D designation.
• Those in an All Packed in One. To ship a designated FedEx Express ORM-D shipment under IATA regulations,
follow these steps:
• Those in an Overpack.
• Those in a combined All Packed in OneOverpack. 1. Enter the required information for your FedEx Express ORM-D shipment
on the Shipment details screen.
• Those in solutions/mixtures.
2. Click Options tab. The Options screen is displayed.
For international multiple-piece shipments (MPS), the business rules are
shipment level not package level. Therefore, the dangerous goods cannot 3. Select Dangerous Goods check box. The View/Edit Dangerous screen
vary in any detail in packages within the same MPS when processed on displays and defaults to the 1 – Other screen.
FedEx Ship Manager Software. The dangerous goods in each package 4. Select IATA from the Regulations drop-down menu.
must be identical.
5. Complete 1 – Other and 2 – Dangerous goods entry screens and
Discontinuing Acceptance of Specific Other Regulated Materials – Domestic complete your shipment.
(ORM-D) for FedEx Express Shipments
In accordance with federal regulations, FedEx is no longer accepting certain
Other Regulated Materials – Domestic (ORM-D) proper shipping names under
Title 49 Code
of Federal Regulations (49 CFR) for FedEx Express shipments.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 39

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
Dry Ice Only Dangerous Goods and Dry Ice Enhancements
1. Select Dry Ice Only on the Options screen. The Dry Ice Information To allow you to process dangerous goods and dry ice shipments more
screen is displayed. effectively, FedEx Ship Manager Software is adding the following capabilities:
2. Enter the weight of the dry ice. • Allow Canada-origin shippers to create a FedEx Express
• U.S. shippers enter the weight of the dry ice in pounds. dangerous goods shipment containing up to 5 dangerous
goods commodities andprint
• Canadian shippers may enter the weight of the dry ice in kilograms or those commodities on the Shipper’s Declaration for Dangerous Goods
pounds. Regardless, the total dry ice weight is automatically (M-1421C). U.S.-origin shippers already have these capabilities.
converted to kilograms and prints in kilograms on the label.
• Allow U.S.- and Canada-origin shippers to print the Shipper’s
Declaration for Dangerous Goods(M-1421C) using a laser or inkjet
printer.
• Allow U.S.- and Canada-origin shippers to enter dry ice weights (lbs. or
kg) to one decimal place and not the whole number (e.g., 5.5 lbs.).

User Guide - 2 Advanced 40

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods,
continued
Loose Dry Ice
You can use loose dry ice as a coolant in an overpack. When
Dangerous Goods (DG) shipments with UN ID 1845 (Dry Ice) are surrounded
with loose dry ice in an overpack or All Packed In One (APIO), it is accurately
reflected in the DG Shipper’s Declaration.
Perform the following steps to select Loose Dry Ice.
1. Click Databases | Dangerous Goods.
2. Click View/Edit Dangerous Goods dialog screen. Loose checkbox is
displayed which is located directly to the right of the UN#/ID# UN text box.
3. Select Loose checkbox.
4. Click OK.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 41

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Dangerous Goods, continued

Hazardous Materials
Available for FedEx Ground (U.S. only)
Note: For detailed hazardous materials shipping information, go to fedex.com. • Enable the addition of UN or NA identification numbers (table) that only
Shipping Enhancements for Hazardous Materials (U.S. Only) allow users to create shipping labels for valid FedEx hazardous materials
commodities. Enable you to select up to three commodities per package
FedEx Ship Manager Software provides FedEx Ground hazardous materials from the hazardous materials table for printing on
shipping enhancements to improve your shipping experience and help facilitate the OP-900LG, OP-900LL and Hazardous Materials
Department of Transportation (DOT) compliance. Shipping of dry ice, small- Certification Report (OP-950).
quantity exceptions and nonhazardous lithium batteries is now available, so you
have more ways to take advantage of legendary FedEx reliability. • Allow dry ice shipments to the contiguous 48 U.S. states but not to Alaska
or Hawaii.
These improved hazardous materials features are designed to:
• Allow small-quantity hazardous materials shipments to the contiguous
• Enhance compliance with DOT rules and regulations. The DOT is requiring 48 U.S. states but not to Alaska or Hawaii.
that all shippers include basic identifying information (offeror name) on
hazardous materials shipping documentation effective Oct. 1, 2010. • Allow shipments of lithium batteries to be processed as a nonhazardous
material shipment to all 50 U.S. states.
• Increase your shipping capability for FedEx Ground hazardous materials
and Other Regulated Materials — Domestic (ORM-D) shipping through
electronic shipping solution support. Note: Dangerous Goods shipments will allow you to choose an appropriate classification type for your
Lithium Battery commodity items, improving compliance with dangerous goods regulations. All Section I
• Support hazardous materials laser forms OP-900LL and OP-950 on all lithium batteries and cells and all UN3480 and UN3090 batteries and cells must be entered as
FedEx® electronic shipping solutions. Dangerous Goods under SpecialServices.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 42

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

New Regulations for Shipping Hazardous Materials • Requirements to include the following information when you process a
FedEx Ground hazardous materials shipment:
FedEx Ship Manager Software now incorporates recent regulations governing
hazardous materials shipping. These updates include the following regulatory – Emergency contact number
changes: – DOT shipping name of material
• All Other Regulated Materials – Domestic (ORM-D) shipments must be – Hazard class or division number
identified when processing any FedEx Ground hazardous materials
shipment. To select this special service option, click the Options tab and – Identification number
then select the Ground ORM-D check box in the Special – Packing group
Services section.
– Weight
• A requirement to enter the number and type of a package before or after the
basic shipment details for any FedEx Ground hazardous materials shipment – HazMat Package Qty and Type
(e.g., 1 fiberboard box, 1 cylinder). In this version of FedEx Ship Manager
Software, these fields print before the Proper Shipping Name on the OP-900
Hazardous Materials formbut Shipping Information
can be after the packaging group on the OP-900LL Hazardous Materials form. If you are shipping a multiple-piece shipment (MPS), complete the Shipment
details screen and click Multiple- piece shipment. When the Multiple-Piece
Shipment Information screen displays, complete the required sections and click
Ship.
For detailed FedEx Ground hazardous materials shipping information, please refer
to the FedEx Ground Hazardous Materials Guide. To download a PDF copy, go to
fedex.com/ us/ship-manager/software/resources/support/user-guide.html.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 43

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Hold at Location for FedEx Options (U.S. Only) International Shipments

Whether you’re shipping or waiting for a FedEx® package, you can quickly and Hold at Location options are also available for certain international shipments. Services
easily request to have it delivered to one of up to 2,400 FedEx locations for include FedEx International Priority®, FedEx International Economy®, FedEx
pickup. This option is available with FedEx Express®, FedEx Ground®, and International Priority® Freight and FedEx International Economy® Freight.
FedEx Home Delivery® services — and it’s free.
You can call 1.800.GoFedEx 1.800.463.3339 and say “international
You may request Hold at Location when initiating a services” to confirm pickup date and time.
shipment — or even after the shipment is on its way.
Note: FedEx World Service Center® locations accept only FedEx Express shipments for Hold at Location.
FedEx Ground C.O.D. shipments and shipments containing hazardous materials are not eligible for Hold at Location
Signature required at time of delivery? options.

We also accept and hold signature-required shipments. For security, the

recipient must show a government issued photo ID at the time of pickup. FedEx OnSite
We offer these value-added options free of charge at retail locations nationwide FedEx OnSite is the collaboration of FedEx with other retailers to have locations
— many open extended hours. that are not owned by FedEx, act as access points for Hold at Location (HAL) and
For more detailed information, go to fedex.com/us/services/ Redirect to Hold (RTH)
hold_at_location_overview.html shipments, as well as drop-off locations for pre-labeled packages. This provides you
more options to either drop-off a pre-labeled package or pick-up a HAL/RTH shipment
beyond just the FedEx Office location.
FedEx Ground
To enable and view different Hold at Locations, perform the following steps.
Our Hold at Location options for FedEx Ground shipping allow you to
1. Select Hold at Location Special Service to view Select FedEx Hold
designate delivery to any of more than 1,700 FedEx Office locations
Location screen.
nationwide for convenient pickup. FedEx Ground packages will be available
within the scheduled delivery time of 1 to 5 business days (Monday– Friday) 2. Select Go Online to Find Locations.
at most FedEx Office locations.
3. Click OK.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 44

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Note: The Lookup FedEx Hold Location screen displays the Maximum Package Weight and
Maximum Package Size details.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 45

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Updating Hold at Location Table

To update your Hold at Location table, follow these steps:
1. Select Download from the Utilities menu. The Demand Download screen
is displayed.
2. Select Hold at Location Table check box.
3. Click OK to download your Hold at Location table.

To create a shipping label for a FedEx Ground Hold at FedEx Location

package, follow these steps:
1. Complete the Shipment details screen for a FedEx Ground
shipment.
2. In the Package and shipment details section, select FedEx Ground
Service from the Service type drop- down menu. The Package type
field defaults to Your Packaging. Complete the Package dimensions
field.
3. Click Options tab. The Options screen is displayed.
4. Select Hold at Location check box or View/Edit associated with the
check box. The Select FedExHold Location screen is displayed.
5. Confirm the contact name and contact telephone number associated
with the selected recipient in the Contact information section.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 46

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Updating Hold at Location Table, continued

6. To change the current contact name or contact telephone number, enter
the new contact name in the Contact name field or the new telephone 11. Confirm your FedEx Office location and click OK. The Options screen is
number inthe Contact Telephone field. displayed.
Note: When you enter a new contact name or contact telephone number in these fields, the
information is not automatically saved in the Recipient database (Address Book). After you click Ship 12. If you need to make any changes, click View/Edit next to the Hold at
to create a shipping label, select Yes in the resulting popup screen to save these new entries in the Location option. The Select FedEx Hold Location screen is displayed.
Recipient database.
13. Enter your changes and click OK. The Options screen is displayed.
7. In the Select search method section, click Search Default. List radio
14. Click Ship to create a shipping label.
button (default option) to search for a default FedEx Office location
associated with the listed ZIP code. The ZIP code in the ZIP/postal
code for lookup field defaults to the selected recipient’s ZIP code. Note: You can now select a specific HAL location ID instead of accepting the default Location ID associated with
the HAL ZIP code.
8. Click Search to locate the designated FedEx Office
location for the current ZIP code.
9. To locate another FedEx Office location, click Go Online to Find
Locations radio button and click Search. The Lookup FedEx
Hold Location screen is displayed with several alternate FedEx
Office locations.
10. Select the appropriate location and click OK. The Select FedEx
Hold Location screen is displayed.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 47

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Inside Pickup
Available for FedEx Express Freight (U.S. only) or click the calendar icon and select the date. If you omit
Select Inside Pickup to pick up freight shipments inside the sender’s building. this field, tomorrow’s date fills in automatically.

Inside Delivery 4. If the license type is T&E or Warehouse Withdrawal for T&E, enter
Foreign Trade Zone (FTZ) code, up to 5 characters.
Available for FedEx Express Freight (U.S. only)
5. To view the Terms and Conditions, click Terms and Conditions.
Select Inside Delivery to deliver freight shipments inside the recipient’s building.
6. To accept the Terms and Conditions, select I accept the Terms and
International Controlled Export Conditions check box.
FedEx provides pre customs clearance and door-to-door delivery of
international controlled exports from the U.S., including: 7. Click OK to save the FICE information and return to the Options screen.
• Items moving under a U.S. State Department License 8 To view or edit your information, click View/Edit next to International Controlled
Export. Make any changes and click OK.
• Items moving under DEA export permits 36, 236 and 486
• In-bond shipments moving under a transportation and exportation customs
form (CF7512) from a foreign trade zone or a bonded warehouse
1. Select International Controlled Export on the Options screen. The
FedEx International Controlled Export (FICE) screen is displayed.
2. Select a FICE License Type.
3. If the license type is DEA 236, DEA 36 or DEA 486, enter License
Number/Permit Number for the item. Then enter the expiration date in
MMDDYYYY format,

User Guide - 2 Advanced 48

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Non-Standard Packaging
Select this option if your package: Service availability includes FedEx First Overnight; FedEx Priority
• Measures greater than 60 inches in length but equal to or less than 108 Overnight; FedEx 1Day Freight; FedEx First Overnight Freight; FedEx
inches in length International First; FedEx International Priority; FedEx International Priority
Freight; FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution.
• Is not fully encased in an outer shipping container
FedEx Priority Alert provides proactive management of shipments with
• Is encased in an outer shipping container made of metal or wood priority boarding and clearance – a real benefit for customers whose
For multiple-piece shipments, you can select Non-Standard Packaging for all shipments are time-critical, environmentally sensitive or high value.
packages or for individual packages within the shipment. • Peace of Mind. You can ship your packages with added confidence
FedEx Priority Alert® because FedEx Priority Alert proactively monitors and can intervene to
resolve problems that may increase your shipment’s risk of delay.
FedEx Priority Alert is a specialized contract-only fee based service that
combines 24x7 support, advanced shipment monitoring, proactive notification • Dedicated Support. Each FedEx Priority Alert account is assigned a
and customized package recovery for critical and time-sensitive shipments. In dedicated analyst who monitors the account’s FedEx Priority Alert
addition, FedEx Priority Alert shipments receive boarding priority and clearance shipmentactivities.
priority over like services. • Global Reach. FedEx Priority Alert and FedEx Priority Alert Plus
FedEx Priority Alert PlusTM includes all of the features of FedEx Priority
Alert will be available internationally in 73+ countries and will be
listed above, plus additional options such as dry-ice replenishment, gel- available domestically in 6 countries (U.S., Mexico, United Arab
packs exchange and cold storage. Emirates, Switzerland, India and Canada).
FedEx Priority Alert Expansion
FedEx Priority Alert is undergoing global expansion (73+ countries) and will be
available in the following two tiers, with rollout currently planned for October
2012:

User Guide - 2 Advanced 49

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Return Labels Indirect Signature Required (ISR):

Available for U.S. only FedEx will obtain a signature in one of three ways:
1. Select Return Labels check box to print a return label. The 1. From someone at the delivery address.
Return shipment tab becomes active.
2. From a neighbor, building manager or other person at a neighboring
2. Click Return shipment tab and complete the Return address.
shipment details screen.
3. The recipient can authorize release of the package without anyone present.
Saturday Delivery
Direct Signature Required (DSR):
Available for FedEx Express
FedEx will obtain a signature from someone at the delivery address before releasing the
Select the Saturday Delivery check box to deliver your shipment on Saturday. shipment.
This option displays when available for the ship date, service type and destination.
Adult Signature Required (ASR):
Saturday Pickup
FedEx will obtain a signature from someone at the delivery address who is at least the
Available for FedEx Express age of majority in the destination country.
Select Saturday Pickup to pick up your shipment on Saturday. This Note: The signature options can be found in the bottom left section of the Options tab.
option displays if it is available for the ship date, service type and pickup
location. For detailed information about signature options, refer to the FedEx Service Guide at
fedex.com.
Signature Options
Optional Information
Available for U.S. destinations and select international locations as well
as from a Canadian origin. You can enter additional references in the Optional information section on the Options
screen. This information prints on shipping label doc-tabs and shipping reports.
Select the appropriate FedEx Delivery Signature Option from the Signature
Note: To customize the reference field names, refer to Customize Fields.
Options menu.
No Signature Required (NSR):
FedEx may release the package without anyone present.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 50

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipment Receipt FedEx InSight®

Select Print shipment receipt check box in the Shipment receipt section on If you are enrolled in the FedEx InSight program, you can
the Options screen to printthe enter specific contents for your shipment.
one-page summary which includes detailed information about the
1. Click Shipment contents in the FedEx InSightsection on the Options
shipment, such as sender and recipient information, package details and
screen to enter the following shipment information:
billing information.
• Code
The Shipment receipt prints on your report printer or laser printer.
• Part number
• SKU/Item/UPC
• Quantity
• Description
2. If you do not want the recipient or a third party to view the shipment
information, select Block Shipment Data check box.
Note: For more information about FedEx InSight, go to fedex.com/us/ pckgenvlp/fcl/track/insight/.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 51

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx ShipAlert®
With FedEx ShipAlert®, you can send shipping notifications 5. Click HTML or Plain Text format for your email
for all shipments to yourself and others. notifications.
All notifications include shipper information provided during the shipping 6. Add a personal message to your notification(s). This
process (name and email address). This information indicates who requested option is not available for non-English characters.
the notification(s) to be sent. Note: Save time and keystrokes when preparing your shipments by setting FedEx ShipAlert preferences.
To set up shipping notifications: Refer to the Preferences instructions on the next page.

1. Click ShipAlert tab.

2. Enter up to four email addresses for notifications.
3. Select a Notification language.
4. Choose one or more Notification types, byselecting the appropriate
check box, for each email recipient.
• Shipment notification indicates when a package has been
shipped.
• Exception notification identifies any exception scans that may cause
a delivery delay, such as customer not available. For multiple-piece
shipments (MPS), this feature allows you to see if a customer
received partial delivery or full delivery.
• Delivery notification indicates when a package has
been delivered.
• Estimated Delivery Notification allows you to receive estimated
delivery details (date and time) for all shipments.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 52

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx ShipAlert,
continued
Preferences • Constant – Click Constant then select or enter a value in the Field Values
Save time and keystrokes by setting FedEx ShipAlert preferences that field to automatically populate this field with the same information for all
fill in automatically when you prepare your shipment. shipments.
• To override field preferences for an individual shipment,
1. Select Shipping Profiles from the Customize menu.
press F11 on the associated shipping screens.
The Shipping Profiles screen is displayed.
• Carry – Carry over or repeat information from the previous
2. Select an existing profile and click View/Edit, or add a shipment.
new profile.
• Skip – Skip this field.
3. Click 4-FedEx ShipAlert Preferences tab.
7. Click OK on this screen and subsequent ShippingProfile
4. Select Outbound - Shipment as the Preference type. screens to save your preferences.
Note: To set FedEx ShipAlert preferences for return shipments, select Return as the Preference
Type.

5. Select field and a Behavior option from the list and click one of the
following Behavior options (for all fields except Format Type and
Personal Message):
• Unchecked – Leave this field unchecked.
• Automatically select if email available – Automatically check this field
if an email ID is shown on the FedEx ShipAlert screen.
• Always checked – Always check this field.
• Skip – Skip this field.
6. If you select the Format Type or Personal Message
field, select one of the following Behavior options:
• None – Do not assign a default for the field.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 53

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Access Your Shipping Databases

FedEx Ship Manager Software makes it easy to access its extensive
databases. To start, click the Databases tab at
the top of the screen and select one of the following: Refer to the following information for detailed instructions on
using and maintaining your databases.
• Sender
• Database Functions
• Recipient
• Enterprise Access Controls & Integration — Account Masking
• Department/Notes
• Templates
• Dimensions
• Backup
• Reference
• Restore
• Groups
• Import
• Commodity
• Export
• Dangerous Goods
Note: To customize database reports, select Customize Database Reports from the Databases menu or
• Hazardous Materials (optional) from the Reports screen.

• Brokers
• IPD/IDF/IED Importer of Record (optional)
• Templates
• Customized Database Reports
• User Setup

User Guide - 2 Advanced 54

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Filter for Sender Database
FedEx Ship Manager Software added a filter for the Sender database to Note: To help distinguish between a LTL freight and parcel account number, when nicknaming the account,
prefix the nickname with FXE for parcel and FXF for LTL Freight i.e. FXE-ABC Inc or FXF-XYZ Inc. Freight
provide enhanced search functionality for locating key sender information,
LTL 8-digit accounts
including a sender ID, contact name and company name and address.
are not supported in this database.
Key enhancements include:
• Search functionality added to the View Sender dialog. To use this feature:
• Ability to search for sender ID, contact name, company name, address,
1. Click Databases at the top of the tool bar.
city and state/province.
• Addition of search entry box.
2. Scroll down and select Third Party Accounts.
• Wilcards are supported in the search functionality. 3. Click Add button.
• Addition of toggle button (More/Less) to view search results. 4. Enter the 9-digitAccount and the nickname in the
Description field, click OK.
3rd Party Account Database 5. Lists Third Party Accounts with option to search when list gets too long
FedEx Ship Manager gives you the ability to add a 3rd party account number to display on screen.
in the database that stores 9-digit account numbers and descriptions. The 9- 6. Accounts will appear in the dropdown when Third Party is selected for Bill
digit accounts will display in both the parcel and freight Account # dropdown in Transportation charges.
the Billing Details section for a parcel shipment and in the Bill LTL Freight
Charges to screen for a LTL shipment when billing a Third Party.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 55

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Enterprise Access Controls & Integration — Account Masking You can also begin shipping to a recipient from the Recipient database.
Account numbers will no longer print on international and non-U.S. domestic Select the recipient and click Ship to. The recipient information
express plain paper shipping labels, but will continue to print on the FedEx automatically populates the associated fields on the Shipment details
label copy. screen.
Two options will print Note: When using the Recipient database, you can sort the Recipient list by column heading on the View
Address Book screen. Click the column heading once for ascending order, then click again for descending
• Consignee Shipping Label – without account number. order.
• FedEx Copy Only label (AWB) – with the account number.
Database Functions Add
Every FedEx Ship Manager Software database offers the following functions To add a new record to a database:
on the View screen: 1. Select database from the Databases menu. The View screen is
• Add displayed.
• Add by duplication 2. Click Add. The Add screen is displayed.
• View/Edit 3. Enter a new ID and the remaining information you want
• Delete to save. Required fields appear in bold on the screen.

• Print 4. Click OK to save the record and return to theView screen.

The Recipient database (Address Book) is used as an example for the 5. Click Add another to save the record and continue adding other
following instructions. However, the fields and options that appear on the records.
database screens vary depending on the database selected. 6. Click Cancel to cancel your entries and return tothe View screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 56

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Add by duplication Delete
To add a new record to a database by using information from an existing To delete a record from a database:
record:
1. Select database from the Databases menu. The View screen is
1. Select database from the Databases menu. The View screen is displayed.
displayed.
2. Select the record and click Delete.
2. Select the record and click Add by duplication. The Add screen is
displayed. 3. Click Yes when prompted to delete the record.
3. Enter a new ID and the make any changes to the existing information. 4. Click No to retain the record and return to the View screen.
Required fields appear in bold on the screen.
4. Click OK to save the record and return to the View screen or click
Add another by duplicationto save the record and add another
record.

View/Edit
To view or edit a database record:
1. Select database from the Databases menu. The View screen is
displayed.
2. Select the record and click View/Edit. The View/Edit screen is
displayed.
3. Make the desired changes to the information.
4. Click OK to save the changes and return to theView screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 57

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Print
FedEx Ship Manager Software includes detailed reports for each database.

To print database reports:

1. Select Recipient from the Databases menu. The View Address Book
screen is displayed.
2. Click Print. The Recipient Reports screen is displayed.
3. Choose default or Customized Report.
Note: To customize database reports and create new reports, refer to the Customize Reports section.

4. You may select other options for your report, if available.

5. Click OK to print the report.
6. Click Cancel to cancel your selections and return to the View Address
Book screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 58

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Templates Types of Databases
When importing and exporting databases and shipment information, you You can create templates to import and export
must use a template to define the file layout of the source file. You can these databases:
use and modify FedEx Ship Manager Software templates and create your
• Sender
own templates.
• Recipient
Before you import or export a database, select a template and carefully view
the contents. • Department
Types of Templates • Groups
1. When you import a database to FedEx Ship Manager Software, use an • Commodity
Import template. • Dangerous Goods
The file extension is .imp. • Hazardous Materials (U.S. only)
2. When you export a database from FedEx Ship Manager • Hold File
Software, use an Export template. The file extension is .exp.
• IPD/IDF Importer of Record
• Shipment (Export only)
Note: You can export shipment information from FedEx Ship Manager Software, but you cannot import
shipment information to FedEx Ship Manager Software.
You can now back up and restore as well as import/export the additional reference section of the Address
Book.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 59

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Select a Template
1. Select Import/Export Database Templates from the Databases
menu. The View Templates screen is displayed.
2. To use or modify an existing template, select the template and click
View/Edit. The View/Edit Template screen is displayed.
To add a new template, click Add. The Add Template screen displays. Enter
a new Template ID.
3. Enter template information.
• Modify or enter a Description for the template.
• Select the template Type.
• Select the Database you are importing or exporting.
• Enter a File name, such as sender.csv.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 60

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Select a Format
The file format determines how fields are identified and separated in the 5. Select your Default country code. The country code is used primarily for
source file. importing senders and recipients.
1. Click Delimited or Fixed as the file format. 6. If you want the field names to appear as column
• Delimited – Fields are usually surrounded by single or double headers, select Column headers on 1st line check box.
quotation marks and separated by commas or spaces, as in the
following example:
“SENDER1”, ”Jane Doe”, ”PetsRus”, ”1 Front Street”,
”Fairfield”, ”Ohio”
• Fixed – Each field has a fixed number of characters. Delimiters and
field separators are not used, as in the following example:
SENDER1 Jane Doe PetsRus 1 Front Street
Fairfield Ohio
2. If the file format is delimited, select Delimiter.
The delimiter surrounds the data and is usually single quotes or double
quotes.
3. If the file format is delimited, select Field separator. The
field separator separates fields within the file.
4. Select Date format and Date delimiter used in the
source file.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 61

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Add or Remove Database Fields Add database fields
When you add fields to a template from the source file, add them in the same order 1. If this is a new template, select the first field in the source file from the
that they appear in the source file. Also enter the maximum number of characters Database fields section. Click Add. The
allowed for the field length. field is added to the Template fields section. Repeat this procedure for each
Start and End Positions field you want to add to the template.
When using fixed file formats, the Start and End numbers indicate where 2. To add all fields to the template, click Add all.
each field is located in the file. These numbers must be correct to import or Note: If there are spaces between two fields where you do not want to collect data, select Filler to insert a filler
export the correct data. between the fields. Enter the length needed to adjust the Start position of the next field.

Start and End numbers are not used in delimited file formats. You do not see
these columns in delimited format templates.
To identify the correct location of fields:
• The fields in the Template fields section must be in the same order as
the source file.
• The Length of each field must equal the maximum number of characters
allowed for each field or the maximum number of characters to import or
export from a field.
• When using fixed file formats, the order and the length of the fields
determine the Start and End positions.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 62

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Remove database fields Export at Close
1. To remove a field from the template, select the field in the Template You can automatically export a database when you close
fields section and click Remove. shipments for the day.
2. To remove all fields from the template, click Remove all. 1. To export, select the check box for one or both options:
• Export at Express close

Modify Template Fields • Export at Ground close

1. Select the field in the Template fields section. 2. Select data to export.
2. In the Length box, enter maximum number of characters 3. Click OK to complete the template.
the field allows.
The length and the order of the fields in the Template fields section
determine where the field is located in the source file.
3. In the Spec. Fmt. box, select a special format for the field to identify
special characters or formatting allowed for the field.
4. In the Deflt. Value box, enter default value information you want to
import (e.g., a Customs ID/EIN for each sender in the Sender
database).

User Guide - 2 Advanced 63

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Backup
Maintain current backup files of your databases.
• Schedule weekly or monthly backups.
• Always back up an existing FedEx Ship Manager Software database before and
after you import information into the database.
• Back up databases after you enter several changes.

Follow these steps to back up databases:

1. Select File Maintenance from the Databases menu.
2. Select Backup from the secondary menu.
3. To back up one or more databases, click Backup
selected databases and select each database to back up.
To back up all of your databases, click Backup All
or Select All.
4. Click to select the location where you want to back up the
database(s). You can save to your hard drive or external memory, such as
a CD or a USB drive.
If using disks, FedEx Ship Manager Software tells you how many disks you
need and prompts you when to insert each one.
5. Click OK, to proceed with the backupprocedure.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 64

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Restore
By keeping backups of your databases, you can restore damaged or lost
data on your FedEx Ship Manager Software system.
Follow these steps to restore databases:
1. Select File Maintenance from the Databases menu.
2. Select Restore from the secondary menu.
3. To restore one or more databases, click Restore selected
databases and select each database to restore.
To restore all of your databases, click Restore All or
Select All.
4. Click Replace or Append.
• Replace – Data on the drive replaces all of the data in your current
FedEx Ship Manager Software database. All data in your current
database is removed.
• Append – Data on the drive is added to yourcurrent FedEx Ship
Manager Software database. None of the data in your current
database is removed.
5. Click to select Restore From location.
6. Click OK and follow the restore instructions on your screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 65

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Import
You can append, replace or merge data into the following Maintenance-Import screen is displayed.
databases:
3. Select Template name.
• Sender
4. Enter Input filename, including the directory path, or click
• Recipient Browse to select the directory and file name.
• Department 5. Click one of the following options for Import behavior:
• Groups
• Append to current data – Data from the import file is added to your
• Commodity current FedEx Ship Manager Software database. None of the data in
• Dangerous Goods your current database is removed.
• Hazardous Materials • Replace current data – Data from the import file replaces all of the
data in your current FedEx Ship Manager Software database. All data
• Brokers
in your current database is removed. (Make sure you have a current
Note: Always back up an existing FedEx Ship Manager Software database before and after you import backup!)
information into the database. Refer to Backup in this section.

Refer to Templates in this section for viewing, modifying and creating database
• Merge data – Use this Address Book Merge data feature to import one
or more recipient records without importing an entire database. This
templates before importing databases.
feature compares the import file with your current database.
If applicable, insert the disk which contains the import file
into the proper drive.
Follow these steps to import databases:
1. Select File Maintenance from the Databases menu.
2. Select Import from the secondary menu. The File

User Guide - 2 Advanced 66

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
If a record in the import file is different from an existing record in the
database, the imported record overrides the current record. If a record is
not found in the existing database, it is added to the database.
6. Select Auto-assign IDs check box to enter an ID prefix, the length of a
numeric suffix and a starting suffix number.
7. Click OK to proceed with the import. FedEx Ship Manager
Software notifies you when the import is complete.
8. To view the imported data, select database from the Databases
menu.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 67

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued

Export
FedEx Ship Manager Software exports all of the data listed in Import, Refer to the following Export Data with Deleted Entries instructions for
along with shipment information, in ASCII format using the template more information about exporting shipment data.
you specify.
7. The system exports the database file and saves it to the designated
Refer to Templates in this section for viewing, modifying and creating database
drive. A screen is displayed showingthe number of records exported.
templates before exporting databases.
After defining your template, follow these steps to export
databases:
1. Select File Maintenance from the Databases menu.
2. Select Export from the secondary menu. The File Maintenance -
Export screen is displayed.
3. Select Template name.
4. Enter Output file name, including the directory path,
or click Browse to select the directory and file name. If
applicable, insert a disk if exporting to an external drive.
5. Click OK to proceed with the export, and continue on
the next page.
6. If you are exporting shipment data, the Export Data Filter screen
displays. Select filter criteria and other information then click OK.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 68

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Database Functions,
continued
Export Data with Deleted Entries Importing and Exporting Records in Dimensions Database
When exporting shipment data that includes deleted entries, you can FedEx Ship Manager Software enables you to import and export records
display a Y next to package tracking numbers that were deleted and an in the Dimensions database using a template. When choosing an option
N next to package tracking numbers that were not deleted. on the View
To enable this feature, follow these steps: Dimensions screen, you can select the primary identifier from the
Description column (box description) or the Dimension ID column (2-
1. Select Templates from the Databases menu. The View character code).
Templates screen is displayed.
2. Select SHIPMENT EXP from the Template listand click View/Edit.
The View/Edit Template screen is displayed.
3. Select Shipment from the Database menu in the Enter template
information section.
4. Select Deleted indicator in the Fields section and click Add. The
Deleted indicator field moves to the Template fields section on the
right.
5. Click OK. The View Templates screen is displayed.
6. Click OK. This feature is now enabled.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 69

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Send a Multiple-PieceShipment
To ship a commercial or residential intra-Canada FedEx Ground multiple-
FedEx Ship Manager Software offers flexibility for multiple- piece shipments
piece shipment or a FedEx International Ground multiple-piece shipment
(MPS). You can enter individual package information or total shipment
(MPS) by entering a total shipment weight and dividing it across all of the
information.
packages in the shipment, refer to Parse Pak (Canada Domestic and
Refer to the following information to prepare and process your MPS: International Shipments).
• Preparing an MPS
• FedEx Express MPS
• FedEx Ground MPS
Save time and keystrokes when preparing your multiple- piece shipments by
setting shipping preferences for references, package weight and
dimensions, service type and more. The associated fields populate
automatically based on the recipient and sender selected for the shipment.
Refer to Recipient Preferences and Shipping Profiles.
To ship a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or a U.S. domestic FedEx Ground
multiple-piece shipment (MPS) containing identical packages, refer to
Per Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only).
If you are shipping a U.S. or Canada FedEx Express or FedEx Ground
multiple-piece shipment (MPS) containing nonidentical packages, refer to
FedEx Express MPS and FedEx Ground MPS.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 70

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Preparing an Multiple-Piece Shipment (MPS) Shipment details | Return Options and Special Service Options
shipment details (U.S. only) Click the Options tab or Return options tab (U.S. only) to select additional
shipping options and special service options.
1. Complete Shipment details screen for U.S., Canada
domestic, or international shipments. • Special service options for regular shipments must be selected from the
Multiple-Piece Shipment Information screen.
2. In the Billing details section, select the account to bill for the shipment and
for the duties/taxes/fees, if applicable. Enter the FedEx billing account • Special service options for return shipments can be selected from the
number if the Acct # field is not populated automatically. Options screen.

3. Complete the Return shipment details screen for a return

MPS (U.S. only). FedEx ShipAlert
• In the Package and shipment details section, enter the total number • If you want to send shipment notifications to your customer, yourself
of packages in the shipment and the weight of the first package. and others, click ShipAlert tab and make your selection(s).
• If all of the packages in your shipment have the same weight, service
type and package type, select Identical packages check box and ship
the packages using only the Shipment details screen. Documents (International only)
• If only certain packages in your multiple piece shipment have the same • To prepare an international document multiple piece shipment
weight, service type and package type, continue with these instructions. complete the Document screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 71

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Preparing an MPS, continued

Commodity/Merchandise (International only)
To prepare an international commodity/merchandise MPS, complete the Warning
Commodity/Merchandise screen. If you click Cancel when adding items on the Multiple-Piece Shipment
Information screen, a warning displays to inform you that this will cancel your
entire shipment.
Customs (International only)
• If you want to save your information and return to the Multiple-Piece
After completing the Commodity/Merchandise screen or Document screens, Shipment Information screen, click No, then click Save & Exit.
complete the Customs screen, including required EEI or B13A filing information
when appropriate. Save & Exit is only available when you select the Print labels after I have
completed this shipment check box.
• If you want to cancel the entire shipment and return to a blank Shipment
Multiple-Piece Shipment Information details screen, click Yes.
1. Once you have completed the previous steps, click Multiple-piece
shipment at the bottom of thescreen. The Multiple-Piece Shipment
Information screen is displayed.
2. Refer to the following instructions applicable to your MPS:
• FedEx Express MPS
• FedEx Ground MPS

User Guide - 2 Advanced 72

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express Multi-Piece Shipment (MPS) Multiple-Piece • Total shipment information – Click this option to automatically divide the
Shipment Information total weight of the shipment equally among all packages in the MPS.
You can also enter individual package dimensions.
If you are shipping a U.S. domestic, Canada domestic or international
FedEx Express multiple-piece shipment U.S. domestic or
Return MPS
(MPS) containing nonidentical packages, proceed with this procedure.
Note: To ship a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS) containing
identical packages, refer to Per Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only).

1. To ship a FedEx Express MPS, follow the steps in the previous Preparing
an MPS section. Then continue with step 2 below to complete the Multiple-
Piece Shipment Information screen.
2. Select Print labels after I have completed this shipment check box to
modify the shipment without starting over. All of the labels print when you
process the shipment.
3. U.S. domestic or Return MPS – Enter information for each package. For
Canada domestic or International MPS
instructions, start with step 2 in the Information for each package section
on the following page.
4. Canada domestic or International MPS – Select one of the following
MPS options and follow the associated instructions on the following
pages.
• Information for each package – Click this option
to enter individual package weight, dimensions and value.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 73

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express MPS, continued

Information for each package Note: During the course of recording the shipment information if the total number of MPS shipments changes
1. Select Information for each package in the Shipment information from 50 MPS to 49 MPS (as an example), then you can still continue processing the shipment. It is not
required to
section to enter individual weights, dimensions and value for each
start the shipment process all over again even when there is a change in the number of total packages. The
package add text will dynamically increase as you add additional packages. You can view the Package Summary
in the shipment. text “If you ship now, your shipment will contain 49 packages (s).
Note: This option displays for a Canada domestic or international MPS. For a U.S. MPS, the Multiple-
Piece Shipment Information screen defaults to this layout.
Shipment contents (U.S. only)
Note: To ship a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple- piece shipment. Per Click Shipment contents to enter information specific to the
Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only). package, such as part number, SKU and description.
2. Change the Package Weight for the first package, if needed. The
weight populates from the Weight entered on the Shipment details
screen.
Note: For a return MPS, enter the Estimated weight and an Item description.

3. For a U.S. or return MPS, enter or select package dimensions and

other optional information such as declared or carriage value and
references.
4. If there are identical packages in your MPS, select the Identical
packages check box after you have entered all package information.
Then enter the number of identical packages and click Add.
All of the identical packages are listed individually in the Package
summary section.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 74

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express MPS, continued

Special Service Options
• U.S. or Return MPS – FedEx Ship Manager Software allows you to
apply the service to individual packages, if applicable, or to all
packages in
the MPS. Click Special services and make your selection(s).
To apply the service to all packages in the MPS, select Apply to all?
check box. Click OK to return to the Multiple-Piece Shipment
Information screen.
To apply the service to this package only, leave the Apply to all? check
box unchecked.
Note: If the Apply to all? option is not available for a service, the service applies to all
packages in the shipment and cannot be selected for individual packages.

• Canada domestic or International MPS – Special service options

apply to all packages in an international MPS. If you want to view,
modify or add special service options, click Save & Exit, then click the
Options tab.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 75

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express MPS, continued

Additional handling (U.S. only)
1. To add or modify handling charges for U.S. MPS packages, click Add’l
handling and enter a fixed or variable amount. Handling charges carry 4. The following functions are available at the bottom of the Multiple-Piece
over from one package to the next. Shipment Information screen:
Note: Additional handling is activated only if you have set handling charge defaults in your Shipping Profiles.
• Cancel – Cancel your MPS and all associated shipment details and
2. Once you have entered all package information, click options.
Add to add the package to the shipment. • Override preferences – Override any MPS preferences
Note: If you did not select the Print labels after I have completed the shipment check box, then Ship set in your shipping profiles.
displays instead of Add. Each time you enter package information and click Ship, the package is
immediately processed and a label is printed. • Save & Exit – Save MPS information and return to previous
Note: As you add each package, the Shipment summary and Package summary sections are updated. shipping screen.
3. Enter package information for the next package in your MPS. • Rate quote – View a courtesy rate quote detailing shipment charges
for each package, including COD and additional handling.
• To repeat the information entered on the previous package, click
Repeat previous package. Make any changes and click Add. • Ship – Process your completed MPS.
• If you are shipping alcohol or dry ice in a U.S. MPS, click Special • Done – If you did not select Print labels after I have completed this
services to edit the alcohol contents or weight of the dry ice for each shipment check box in the Shipment information section, Done
package as needed. displays at the bottom right instead of Ship. When you have shipped all
packages in the MPS, click Done to exit the screen and return to the
Shipment details screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 76

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express MPS, continued

Total shipment information
(Canada Domestic and International only)
1. For a Canada domestic or international MPS, you have the option to
divide the total weight of the shipment equally amongst all packages in Note: As you add each package, the Shipment summary and Package summary sections are updated.
the shipment. To use this option, click Total shipment information in
the Shipment information section.
2. If you are entering individual package dimensions, select Enter individual
package dimensions check box. The screen refreshes to display the
Package information section.
3. Enter total Number of packages in the shipment.
4. Enter Total shipment weight.
5. If you are not entering individual package dimensions, skip to step 8.
6. If you are entering individual package dimensions, select dimensions of
the first package or enter dimensions manually.
7. If this is the only package this size, click Add, then repeat these
steps for the remaining packages.
If there are identical packages in your MPS, select the Identical packages
check box after you have entered all package information. Then enter the
number of identical packages and click Add.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 77

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Express MPS, continued

8. To view or edit shipment information on the other shipping screens before
you complete your shipment, click Save
& Exit. Make changes as needed and click Multiple- piece shipment to
return to the Multiple-Piece Shipment Information screen.
9. The following functions are available at the bottom of the Multiple-Piece
Shipment Information screen:
• Cancel – Cancel your MPS and all associated shipment
details and options.
• Override preferences – Override any MPS preferences
set in your shipping profiles.
• Save & Exit – Save MPS information and return to other shipping
screens.
• Rate quote – View a courtesy rate quote detailing shipment charges
for each package, including COD and additional handling.
• Ship – Process your completed MPS.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 78

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground Multiple-Piece Shipment (MPS) Multiple-Piece 4. Canada domestic or International MPS – Select one of the following options:
Shipment Information • Information for each page – Click this option to enter individual package
weight, dimensions and value.
If you are shipping a U.S. domestic, Canada domestic
or international FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS) containing • Parse pak – Click this option to automatically divide the total weight of the
nonidentical packages, proceed with this procedure. shipment among all packages in the MPS.
Note: To ship a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS) containing Note: For U.S. FedEx Ground MPS, select the Identical packages check box on the Shipment details screen
identical packages, refer to Per Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only). to automatically divide the total weight of the shipment among all packages in the MPS. Refer to Per
Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only).
Note: To ship a commercial or residential intra-Canada FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment or a
FedEx International Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS) by entering a total shipment weight and U.S. domestic or
dividing it across all of the packages in the shipment, refer to Parse Pak (Canada Domestic and Return MPS

International Shipments).

1. To ship a FedEx Ground MPS, follow the steps in the previous Preparing
an MPS section. Then continue with step 2 below to complete the Multiple-
Piece Shipment Information screen.
2. Select Print labels after I have completed this shipment check box so you
can modify the shipment without starting over. All labels are printed when
you finish the shipment.
Canada domestic or International
3. U.S., Canada or Return MPS – Enter information for each package. For MPS
instructions, start with step 2 in the Information for each package section
on the following page.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 79

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground MPS, continued

Information for each package
1. Select Information for each package in the Shipment information section to Shipment contents (U.S. and Canada domestic only)
enter individual weights, dimensions and value for each package in the Click Shipment contents to enter information specific to the
shipment. (This step applies to Canada domestic or international MPS.) package, such as part number, SKU, description, etc.
2. Change the Package weight for the first package, Special Service Options
if needed. The weight fills in from the Weight entered on
U.S., Canada or Return MPS – If you want to view, modify or add special
the Shipment details screen.
service options that you selected on the Options screen, such as non-
Note: For a return MPS, enter the Estimated weight and an Item description.
standard packaging or C.O.D., for individual packages, click Special
3. Enter or select package dimensions and other optional information such services and then click View/Edit next to the service. The Special Services
as declared or carriage value and references. information screen displays. View or make any changes, then click OK.
4. If there are identical packages in your MPS, select the Identical packages If you cannot access a service on this screen, then
check box after you have entered all package information. Then enter the the service applies to the entire shipment and cannot be modified for
number of identical packages and click Add. individual packages. Click Save & Exit then click the Options tab.
All of the identical packages are listed individually in the Packages
summary section.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 80

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground MPS,

continued
Additional handling
1. To add or modify handling charges for this package, click Add’l handling 4. The following functions are available at the bottom ofthe Multiple-Piece
and enter a fixed or variable amount. Handling charges carry over from one Shipment Information screen:
package to the next. • Cancel – Cancel your MPS and all associated shipment details and
Note: Additional handling is activated only if you have set handling charge defaults in your Shipping options.
Profiles.
• Override preferences – Override any MPS preferences
2. Once you have entered all package information, including contents and set in your shipping profiles.
special service options, click Add to add the package to the shipment.
• Save & Exit – Save MPS information and return to previous
Note: If you did not select the Print labels after I have completed this shipment check box, then Ship shipping screen.
displays instead of Add. Each time you enter package information and click Ship, the package is
immediately processed and a label is printed. As you add each package, the Shipment summary and • Rate quote – View a courtesy rate quote detailing shipment charges
Package summary sections are updated. for each package, including C.O.D. and additional handling.
3. Enter package information for the next package in your MPS. • Ship – Process your completed MPS.
• To repeat the information entered on the previous package, click • Done – If you did not select the Print labels after I have completed this
Repeat previous package. Makeany changes and click Add. shipment check box in the Shipment information section, Done displays
• If you have selected a special service option, such as non-standard at the bottom right instead of Ship. When you have shipped all packages
packaging, click Special services to edit the information as needed. in the MPS, click Done to exit the screen and return to the Shipment
details screen.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 81

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground MPS, continued

Parse Pak (Canada Domestic and International Shipments)
Note: To ship a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple- piece shipment (MPS) containing
Parse pak is faster than entering information for each package. With identical packages, refer to Per Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only).
Parse pak, just enter the total number of packages and the total weight
Note: If you are shipping a U.S. domestic or Canada FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment
of the shipment to (MPS) containing nonidentical packages, refer to FedEx Express MPS and FedEx Ground MPS.
automatically divide the weight equally among all packages.
Note: For U.S. FedEx Ground MPS, select the Identical packages check box on the Shipment details
To ship a commercial or residential intra-Canada FedEx Ground multiple- screen to automatically divide the total weight of the shipment among all packages in the MPS.Refer to Per
piece shipment or a FedEx International Ground multiple-piece shipment Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only).
(MPS), proceed with this procedure.
1. Click Parse pak in the Shipment information section.
2. Enter total Number of packages in the shipment.
3. Enter Total shipment weight.
4. To add or modify special service options, such as C.O.D., click
Save & Exit then click Options tab.
Note: When you ship Parse pak C.O.D., you enter one C.O.D. amount for the shipment and receive
one C.O.D label.

5. To return to the Multiple-Piece Shipment Information screen,click

Multiple-piece shipment at the bottom of the screen.
6. Click Ship to process your MPS and printlabels.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 82

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Ground MPS, continued

Per Package/Per Shipment Option (U.S. Only)
The per Package/per Shipment option on the Shipment details screen is available for
a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS) Note: If you are shipping a U.S. domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment
containing identical packages. This option is not available for shipments to Puerto (MPS) containing nonidentical packages, refer to FedEx Express MPS and FedEx Ground MPS.

Rico. Note: To ship a commercial or residential FedEx International Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS),
refer to Parse Pak (International Shipments).
1. Enter the total weight and total number of packages for a FedEx
Express or FedEx Groundmultiple-piece shipment (MPS).
2. Select Identical packages check box. The Per Package/Per
Shipment drop-down menu displays.
3. If you select Per Package from the drop-down menu, FedEx Ship
Manager Software processes the packages as a multiple-piece shipment
(MPS). The Per Package option is the default setting.
4. If you select Per Shipment from the drop-down menu, FedEx Ship
Manager Software automatically divides the total weight by the total
number of packages in the shipment.
5. Click Options tab and select the special service options.
6. For C.O.D., enter one C.O.D. amount per package for the entire
shipment.
7. If you want to display the courtesy rate quote, click
Rate quote at the bottom of the screen.
8. Click Ship.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 83

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

The Hold File

Use the Hold File as a central holding place to save shipment information for as
long as you like. Once you save a shipment to the Hold File, you can delete,
edit, duplicate or ship it at any time. The Hold File is perfect for pending and
repeat shipments.
Refer to the following information in this section to use and customize the
Hold File:
• Enable the Hold File
• Save Shipments to the Hold File
• Hold File Functions
• Customize the Hold File

User Guide - 2 Advanced 84

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Enable the Hold File

To display the Hold check box on the Shipment details screen:
1. Select System Settings from the Customize menu.
2. Select the appropriate System # and click Modify.
3. Click 2-FedEx Customer Admin tab.
4. Select the Enable Hold File check box in the Shipping Screen section
and click OK.
Save Shipments to the Hold File
You can save shipments to the Hold File for as long
as you like.
1. Select Hold check box in the Recipientinformation section on the
Shipment details screen.
Note that Ship changes to Hold at the bottom of the screen.

2. Select a Recipient ID or enter a new Recipient ID and all required

recipient information.
3. Enter remaining required package and billing information.
4. Click Options tab to select additional shipping options and
special service options.
5. Click Hold at the bottom of the screen to save the shipment to the
Hold File.
Note: All commodities listed in an international Hold File shipment are saved, but only the first commodity
displays on the Hold File List. To delete, edit, duplicate or process a shipment in the Hold File, refer to the
following Hold File Functions section.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 85

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Hold File Functions

Delete, edit, duplicate or ship a Hold File shipment at any time. Refer to the
following instructions for each Hold File function.
Delete
1. Select the shipment on the Hold File List and click Delete.
2. Click Yes to delete the shipment.

Assign Tracking #
Select the shipment on the Hold File List and click Assign Tracking #. A
tracking number is automatically assigned to the shipment.
Note: If Tracking # is not displayed on the Hold File List, refer to the Customize the Hold File later in this
section to select fields to display.
A message to download new tracking numbers is displayed If the total shipments in the Hold File batch for each
carrier exceeds the number of tracking numbers allocated for that carrier.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 86

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Hold File Functions,

continued
Edit Duplicate Shipment
1. To edit a shipment directly in the Hold File List, click the appropriate field and Select the shipment on the Hold File List and click Duplicate Shipment.
update the information, then press Enter to accept the change. Unless there is an error, the shipment is processed and you receive a shipping
2. To edit the shipment information on the Shipment details screen, select label immediately. The original shipment stays in the Hold File.
shipment on the Hold File List and click Edit. The Shipment details screen Note: For regular distributions, like payrolls or monthly reports, enter the shipment information and save
displays. the shipment in the Hold File. Then duplicate the shipment from the Hold File when it is time to ship.

3. Make any changes on the Shipment details screen.

4. Click Options tab to add or edit options and special service options. Ship
5. To save the shipment, make sure the Hold check box is checked, then click Select the shipment on the Hold File List and click Ship. The shipment is
Hold at the bottom of the screen. The shipment remains in the Hold File. processed immediately and removed from the Hold File.
6. Click Ship to process the shipment. The shipment is removed from
the Hold File.

Read Scale
If a scale is attached to your shipping system, select the shipment on the Hold
File List and click Read Scale to read the package weight.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 87

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Hold File List Customization

The Hold File List can be customized to display
the fields you select.
1. Select Hold File from the Shipping list menu. The Hold File
List displays.
2. Click Customize.
3. Select the check boxes for fields you want displayed on
the Hold File List.
4. Click OK.
Note: The field selections and column sort order you select in the Hold File List are maintained during
software reboots, software closes and End-of-Day close.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 88

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize the Hold File, continued

Hold File List Lookup Options
Choose from a variety of ways to customize lookups on the Hold File List.
1. Hold File Lookup Exact Matches Only
Select this option then select a field from the Hold File
Lookup Field menu to match during a Hold File search. Field options
include:
• Date Created
• Department Notes
• Invoice number
• P.O. number
• Recipient ID
• Reference
• Shipment ID
• Transaction ID
2. Uncheck Hold Checkbox on Edit/Lookup
Select this option if you usually ship packages after you retrieve or edit
them from the Hold File. If this option is selected, the Hold check box is
deselected when you return to the Shipment details screen.
3. Apply current sender and return address to all shipments
Select this option when shipping multiple packages from the Hold File at
the same time.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 89

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx SmartPost® and FedEx SmartPost®

Returns* (U.S. Only)
FedEx SmartPost is a U.S. residential service with last mile delivery by the U.S. section, select any additional special services and click Ship.
Postal Service (USPS). FedEx SmartPost is offered on a contractual basis and is • Use the Import/Batch/Hold process to generate multiple package labels for
a cost-effective, less time-sensitive, low-weight and less feature-rich alternative multiple U.S.-customer destinations. First build a FedEx SmartPost template
to FedEx Home Delivery. To learn more about FedEx SmartPost, go to following standard FedEx Ship Manager Software instructions used for other
fedex.com/us/smart-post/index.html. shipping services. FedEx SmartPost-specific data fields are built into the Hold
File Database.
This is a contract service. Once enabled on your system by FedEx, FedEx
SmartPost displays as a service option on the Shipment details screen. • Customers supported by a FedEx customer technology consultant can use the
FedEx SmartPost and FedEx SmartPost Returns services are available for FedEx® Integrator process to automate data entry for specific shipping data by
FedEx account holders that have signed an agreement for FedEx SmartPost integrating it into a database(s) and/or text files. There are two types
services. of FedEx SmartPost customers: large-volume shippers and small-volume
shippers.
For more information about FedEx SmartPost or to get started using this contract-
only service, contact your FedEx account executive or call 1.800.GoFedEx Large-volume Shippers
1.800.463.3339. FedEx SmartPost large-volume shippers:
*Applies to FedEx account holders that have signed an agreement for • Generally ship 500 or more packages per day.
FedEx SmartPost services. • Typically maintain a trailer at their site until that trailer is filled
Using the FedEx Ground integrated label for driver pickup, FedEx SmartPost to capacity.
shippers can:
Small-volume Shippers
• Use the FedEx SmartPost shipping screen to generate one label at a time
FedEx SmartPost small-volume shippers:
for variable package size and contents for different shipping destinations.
Simply enter the final • Generally ship less than 500 packages per day.
U.S. destination, select the appropriate contracted FedEx SmartPost service • Have a regular scheduled FedEx Ground pickup.
in the Package and shipment details

User Guide - 2 Advanced 90

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Visibility of Earned Discounts for FedEx SmartPost (U.S. Only)

Based on your shipping volume and the terms of your FedEx pricing
agreement, your FedEx SmartPost shipments may benefit from earned Discounts are automatically downloaded to your system. To download your
discounts. You can now stay on top of these discounts — and the resulting earned discounts manually, follow these steps:
net rates — without having to do a thing. FedEx Ship Manager Software
clearly displays your bundled and earned discount rates automatically, and 1. Select Download from the Utilities menu. The Demand Download screen
includes them in your courtesy rate quotes. This new feature also provides is displayed.
the option to display your earned discounts on your 2. Click plus symbol (+) to expand the Rates section.
doc-tabs (thermal labels) and reports, and enables export integration
capabilities. 3. Select SmartPost Rates check box and the
SmartPost Earned Discounts check box (as applicable).
As a FedEx SmartPost customer, you also now have the ability to earn
discounts from your aggregated FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx 4. Click OK to download your rates and earned discounts.
Home Delivery, FedEx SmartPost and FedEx Freight shipments. The more
you spend on shipping with FedEx, the greater the discount you receive. You
must sign a Portfolio Pricing earned discount pricing agreement to be eligible
to receive earned discounts.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 91

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

®
Intelligent Mail Package Barcode (IMpb) (U.S. Only)
FedEx SmartPost users can enjoy better end-to-end visibility and enhanced • A 3-digit service type code provides more intelligence within the
performance of the new U.S. Postal Service (USPS) Intelligent Mail package barcode as to mail class, sub-class and special services.
barcode (IMpb). • Alist of service type codes FedEx SmartPost will
• The IMpb is a new barcode format designed by the USPS for all commercial accept is provided with the IMpb label specification.
and online consumers. The IMpb is a regulatory requirement, meaning all
3. Moving from an 8-digit unique serial number to a 7-digit unique serial
FedEx SmartPost packages must adhere to the IMpb specifications.
number.
• While the new format will have the same symbology as the current
one, it will have new data elements that
define mail class, subclass and extra services within the
barcode.
There are three main differences in the IMpb from the current
barcodes:
1. Application Identifier change.
• Current barcode has an application identifier of 91.
• IMpb has a channel-specific application identifier of 92.
2. Moving from a 2-digit USPS service type code to a 3-digit USPS service
type code.

User Guide - 2 Advanced 92

3 Expert
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Reports
Follow these steps to customize or create shipment and database reports.
1. Click Reports tab.
2. For shipment reports, click Customize Shipment Reports to the left. For
database reports, clickCustomize Database Reports to the left. To modify
an existing report, select the report from the reports list and click View/Edit.
3. If the Minimum Report Customization screen is displayed, then select when
to print the report and click Data to Include to select the shipments to
include and Return Manager. Click OK to continue with the selected options.
4. If the View/Edit Customized Shipment Report screen is not displayed, continue
with step 5.
5. Click Add to create a new custom report, or create a new from an existing
report by clicking Add by duplication, if available.
6. On the View/Edit or Add screen, enter a new Report Title
or modify the existing name, if needed.

User Guide - 3 Expert 2

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Reports, continued

6. Select the type of data to include in the report from the Database menu.
• For shipment reports, select Shipments, Receive for inbound
shipments, or select one of the Multi weight options.
• For database reports, select the appropriate database, such as
Recipient or Sender.
7. For shipment reports only, click Data to Include to select the types of
shipments you want to include in the report for FedEx Express, FedEx
Groundand returns.
Note: You can also select the data to include by clicking Override include on the Shipment and Shipment history
report screens.

8. For shipment reports only, select one of the Print options for FedEx Express
and FedEx Ground if you want to print the report automatically at the end of
the day. If not, do not select any print options.
Note: When you close shipments from the Close screen, you can select the Hold reports operator options on 2-
Reports tab if you do not want to print reports automatically.

User Guide - 3 Expert 3

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Reports,
continued
9. Print field list
The fields included in the report display in the list box.For field definitions, refer
to the Report Field Definitions at the end of this section.
• To add a field to the report, select the field from the Field menu in the Print
field list section.
• To add comments to the report, select ***Comment*** from the Field menu and
enter the Comment text.
• Enter Length of field if you do not need to use the maximum
number of characters.
• Enter number of spaces to indent in Left margin of field to
add a left margin.
• Select Line Break after field check box if you want the next field to begin on
the next line.
• To add a field to the report once you have entered the
associated information, click Add.
• To replace a selected field with another field, select the field from the list box,
then select the replacement field from the Field menu and click Change.
• To delete a field from the report, select the field and click
Delete.
• To change the order in which a field appears on the report, select the field and
click the up or down arrow until the field is in the order you want.

User Guide - 3 Expert 4

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Reports, continued

10. Sort field list
• To add a sort field, click Add in the Sort field list then select the field
from the menu on the Add Sort Field screen.
• Enter 1 as the Start Position to sort the field using the first character. To
sort with another character, such as the third character, enter 3.
• Enter the number of characters to sort the field by in Length. For
example, sort the first 5 characters for department notes: ABC111,
ABC122, ABC133.
• If you want to print subtotals, select Print Sub-totals
check box.
• When you have finished entering the information,
click OK. The field is added to the Sort field list.
• To modify sort field information, select the field and click View/Edit.
Make changes as needed then click OK.
• To delete a sort field, select the field and click Delete.
• To change the order in which fields are sorted, select the field and click
the up or down arrow until the field is in the sort order you want.

User Guide - 3 Expert 5

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Reports, continued

11. Filter field list
Customize your reports to run with one or more specific report filters. Only
shipments that match your filter field value(s) appear on the report.
• To add a filter field, click Add in the Filter field list section and select
the field from the menu on the Add Filter screen, then enter the Value.
For example, select Recipient Company and enter Number One
Company. To add another filter, click Add.
• To modify filter field information, select the field in the Filter field list
section and click View/Edit. Make changes as needed, then click
OK.
• To delete a filter field, select the field in the Filter field
list section and click Delete.

User Guide - 3 Expert 6

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Reports, continued

12. Layout
• To print field names or abbreviations as column headings, select number of blank spaces to add in the Space between columns field, or
Print column headings check box in the Layout section. enter zero (0) for no additional spaces.
• To display information for individual packages, select the Print detail • To advance to a new page after printing totals,select
lines check box. Page break between totals check box.
• Select Keep multiple lines in together on same page check • To add a blank line between totals, enter number of blank lines in
box, if desired. Blank lines between totals.
• FedEx Ship Manager® Software automaticallyadjusts the Font Size on 13. Subtotal field list
your reports based on the number of fields you include. You can not • To print subtotals for a certain field, select the Field in the Subtotal field
make manual adjustments to the font size. list section and click Add.
• If your report fonts are too small, customize the report to remove • To change the order of the subtotal fields, select the field and click the
unnecessary fields and the report adjusts automatically to a larger font up or down arrow until the field is in the order you want.
size.
• To delete a subtotal field, select the field and click
• The Line length displays the actual number of characters in the Delete.
report and includes field lengths, spaces and margins.
14. Finalize
• This number updates automatically as you modify fields in the
report. If the number exceeds the maximum Line length amount, When finished modifying or adding information to the
you are prompted to modify the length of the report. report, click OK to save your changes.
• To indent for a left margin, enter number to indent in Left Margin, or
enter zero (0) for no left margin.
• To add blank spaces between each column, enter

User Guide - 3 Expert 7

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Report Field Definitions Additional Handling Charge

The definitions of specific fields on customized reports appear below. Select from many options to include additional handling charges. Below
Please note that these definitions apply to doc-tabs, reports, export are the various options based on your Handling Charge selection.
shipment data, and PassPort shipments, unless otherwise indicated. • Fixed Amount
• Additional Handling Charge Handling Charge = the fixed amount specified.
• COD Freight Charges to add to COD amount • Variable amount of my shipping charges
• Freight Handling charge = (Variable % / 100) * net charge (not including
• Gross Charge surcharges or Canadian taxes).
• Net Charge • Variable amount of FedEx® list shipping
• Courtesy Net Freight Charge Handling charge = (Variable % / 100) * list net charge (not including
• Courtesy Effective Discount surcharges or Canadian taxes).
• List Gross Charge • Variable amount of FedEx list shipping charges and surcharges
• List Net Charge Handling charge = (Variable % / 100) * list net charge (including surcharges
but not Canadian taxes).
• List Total Surcharge
• Variable amount of my shipping charges, surcharges and Canadian taxes
• List Total Customer Charge
Handling charge = (Variable % / 100) * Net Charge (including surcharges
• Total Customer Charge and Canadian taxes [HST/GST/ PST]).
• Total Discount
• Total Surcharge Amount

User Guide - 3 Expert 8

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Report Field Definitions,

continued C.O.D. Freight Charges to add to C.O.D. amount
• Fixed amount and Variable amount check boxes are both selected. Select one of the options below to calculate C.O.D. Freight
charges in the Freight charges to add to C.O.D. amount field.
• Calculate Fixed Amount Charge (FAC) by using Fixed Amount entered.
• 0 – None: C.O.D. amount = C.O.D. amount.
Formula: FAC = + or - Fixed Amount.
• 1 – C.O.D. charge: C.O.D. amount = C.O.D. amount +
• Calculate Variable Amount Charge (VAC) by multiplying Base Charge *
C.O.D. Surcharge (for the package).
Variable Amount percentage.
• 2 – Shipping charge: C.O.D. amount = C.O.D. amount
Formula: VAC = (Base Charge * + or - Variable Amount percentage).
+ courtesy discounted net charge for the package (excluding all
• Calculate Total Handling Charge by adding Fixed Amount Charge and surcharges).
Variable Amount Charge.
• 3 – Total charge: C.O.D. amount = C.O.D. amount + courtesy discounted net
Formula: Total Handling Charge = + or - FAC +/- VAC. charge for the package (including this package and shipment level
• Percent of List Shipping Charges or Percent of List Shipping and surcharges and handling charge).
Surcharges is selected and Use List Rates is not selected or current list • 4 – Order charge total: C.O.D. amount = C.O.D. amount
rates are not available. Additional handling calculated at ship time =zero. + courtesy discounted net charge for all packages in the shipment
(including all package and shipment level surcharges and handling
charge).
• 5 – Order charge net: C.O.D. amount = C.O.D. amount + courtesy discounted
charge for all packages in the shipment (excluding all package and shipment
levelsurcharges and handling charge).

User Guide - 3 Expert 9

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Report Field Definitions,

continued
Freight Courtesy Effective Discount
The Freight field on the Commercial Invoice has to be manually entered by Courtesy Effective Discount = List Net Rate - Net Charge.
the shipper on the Customs screen. The amount entered by the shipper in the Note: This calculation applies to reports only.
Freight Charges field is populated for any import/export templates.
List Gross Charge
Note: The Freight field is not available for doc-tabs.
List Gross Charge = List Rate.
The freight charge is added to the total value of the shipment and also prints
Note: This is the list shipping rate without discounts, surcharges or taxes added.
as a break-out of charges on the Commercial Invoice.
Gross Charge List Net Charge
Gross Charge = Base rate. List Net Charge = List Charge + List Surcharges.
Note: Use List Rates must be turned on to calculate List Net Charge.
This is the base shipping rate without surcharges or taxes added.
List Total Surcharge
Net Charge
List Total Surcharge = Sum of all List Surcharge fields.
Net Charge = Base charge - Discount + Total Surcharges (doc-tabs do not
include Total Surcharges). List Total Customer Charge
Note: For doc-tabs only, the Net Charge (Shipping) amount does not include surcharges. List Total Customer Charge = List Net Charge + Handling Charge.
Courtesy Net Freight Charge Total Customer Charge
Net Freight Charge = Base rate - Discount + Total Surcharges (not Total Customer Charge = Net Charge + Handling Charge. Total Discount
including taxes). Total Discount = amount discounted off Base Rate (not the discount off List).
Note: The only difference between Courtesy Net Freight Charge and Net Charge is that this
calculation excludes any taxes and the Net Charge calculation includes them.

User Guide - 3 Expert 10

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Report Field Definitions,

continued
Total Surcharge Amount
Total Surcharge Amount = Sum of the list of Surcharge
fields.
Total Surcharge Amount is the sum of all of the individual courtesy surcharges
(not list surcharges). Additional details are described below.
• Total Surcharge Amount field is reflected in the Net
Charge and Total Charge amount (for reporting only).
• Delivery area surcharge amount is added to the total surcharge
amount for reporting and upload purposes.
• Since both Fuel and Declared value are separate line items on the
report outside of Total Surcharge Amount (labeled Special Fees), they
do not appear in the Total Surcharge Amount in the reports. However,
for export, doc-tabs and PassPort, the Total Surcharge
Amount contains items such as fuel, declared value and Canadian taxes.

User Guide - 3 Expert 11

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Customize Forms Network Client Configuration Enhancements

To assign printer settings for FedEx Ship Manager Software reports and labels To enhance an administrator’s ability to monitor clients using FedEx Ship
and to print Commercial Invoices on letterhead: Manager Software on their server, FedEx Ship Manager Software has added a
Network Client Configuration Utility application and a Network Client
1. Select Customize forms from the Reports screen or Forms from the
Administration tab within the System Settings dialog. This tab is password-
Customize drop-down menu. The Form Settings screen is displayed.
protected on FedEx compatible hardware systems, but not on FedEx Ship
2. To change the printer/device, select the report or label and click Manager Software systems.
Change. The Printer Settings screen is displayed.
Using these network client enhancements, administrators can:
3. Select the appropriate printer or device from the Available • Determine how many clients are connected to the server and their
devices list and click OK. identities.
4. To print your Commercial Invoices on company letterhead, select the • Remotely close network clients from the server console to ensure a clean
paper type in the Paper type area of the Commercial invoice letterhead shutdown when restarting theserver.
settings section. Then enter the top margin amount and select the
measurement type in inches or centimeters in the Letterhead top Administrators and FedEx customer technology consultants can also configure
margin fields. the network client by setting up a default sender and an attached scale
configuration. This utility can be used to initially configure a network client on
5. Click OK to accept the changes and exit the screen. initial install or to reconfigure a network client.

User Guide - 3 Expert 12

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Integrate Your Systems

Integration enables speedy information transfer between your existing
applications, such as accounting and
order management systems and FedEx Ship Manager® Software.
For example, when you enter information such as customer address
and shipping instructions into your order management or accounting
system (referred to hereafter as “business application”), integration
makes it immediately available to FedEx Ship Manager Software for
package processing.
Refer to the following information in this section to learn more about using
FedEx Integration Assistant:
• Benefits of Integration
• Preparing for Integration
• Understanding Your Shipping Process
• How Integration Works
• Planning Your Profiles
• The Integration Process
• Using FedEx Integration Assistant
• Locating Your Shipping Information
• Example Integration Profiles
• Using Your Integration Profiles

Note: FedEx Integration Assistant is available in English and Spanish.

User Guide - 3 Expert 13

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Benefits of Integration
Your Shipping Activity Without Integration With Integration
FedEx Integration Assistant allows you Maintaining customer shipping You enter information twice, once in You no longer need the FedEx Ship Manager
to process your FedEx shipments more information your application and again in FedEx Software Address Book. Your application
efficiently by providing the ability to Ship Manager Software. Information maintains your customer information and
exchange shipping data, such as in the Address Book may be missing, transfers it to FedEx Ship Manager Software
out-of-date, or may not match the at the time you process a shipment. This
customer address information, between information maintained by your system. ensures that the most up-to-date information
your business application and FedEx is available to FedEx Ship Manager Software.
Ship Manager Software.
Receiving and handling paper Paperwork is handled twice, once Because you transfer shipping information
This transfer of information saves time, bills of lading by the originator and once by your from your system directly into FedEx Ship
shipping department. This can lead to Manager Software, you no longer need to use
reduces data entry errors, and can information being entered incorrectly bills of lading as the source of this information.
potentially eliminate the need to maintain or not at all, and may result in returned
shipping-related information in both your shipments.
application and in the FedEx Ship Entering customer-specific You may forget customer-specific Store variations in shipping methods and
Manager Software Address Book. shipping information based shipping details, or apply them required shipping information in integration
on customer needs, package incorrectly. profiles that you create and save. Select a
This table illustrates how integration contents and so on profile to automatically control what, where
can improve the efficiency and and how information is used to process
accuracy of your shipping activities. shipments.

Communicating tracking Customer service or accounting You can choose to automatically export
numbers and shipping charges to does not receive tracking and billing tracking and shipping charge information to
customer service or accounting information in a timely manner, or at all. your application.
after a package ships

Reviewing FedEx Ship Manager Reviewing shipping information and There is no need to recheck the shipping
Software screens before printing printing each label is time-consuming. information. You can print shipping labels
each label automatically in batches, or one at a time.

User Guide - 3 Expert 14

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Recent enhancements to FedEx® Integration Assistant

• LTL Batch Dialog Defaults • FedEx OnSite
LTL Batch Dialog Defaults feature includes the account number with a drop To select FedEx OnSite, follow these steps:
down of configured LTL accounts, Payment type, Payment terms, Service Type
1. Click Import | Information tabs. The Special Services
and Guaranteed Service. These additions allow for inbound, outbound and third
dialog is displayed.
party shipments, without having to create different profiles for each with complex
mapping in each profile. 2. Click Hold at Location sub-group. This displays the
Company Name and Location ID fields.
• Progress Bar and Timer Control
On the Import | Match tabs, when Company Name or Loca- tion ID fields is selected
Progress Bar and Timer Control will keep you updated regarding the data loading
on the Information tab, then the corresponding fields are available for mapping in
status. FedEx Integration Assistant has added prompts to make it easier to select
the FedEx Ship Manager Fields section.
the data you
wish to use.
• Print BOL Indicator
Print BOL Indicator allows you to automatically print the BOL for your
shipment.
Click Import | Information tabs. You can see Print BOL Indicator in Special
Services dialog.

User Guide - 3 Expert 15

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

• Automatic Tracking
Click Import| Informationtabs. AutoTrackis displayed under Recipient
information.

• Loose Dry Ice

To select Loose Dry Ice, follow these steps:
Click Import| Informationtabs. The SpecialServices field Loose Dry Ice
is displayed. You can select the Loose Dry Icecheckbox.
On the Import | Match tabs, when Loose Dry Ice field is selected on the
Information tab, then this field is available for mapping in the FedEx Ship
Manager Field section.

User Guide - 3 Expert 16

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Integration Considerations after Upgrade

If an integration profile utilizes the features below, please review the profile after
upgrade. Changes may be necessary to prevent errors at ship time. If profiles
require edits, refer
to the What’s New section in the FedEx Integration Assistant
Help for details on the new fields.
• FTR Exemption
Some FTR Exemption options were removed. If you have an integration
profile that uses a default FTR Exemption, it may be invalid after upgrade.
• Alcohol Shipments
Alcohol shipments now require an Alcohol Recipient Type. If you have a
profile for alcohol shipments, the Re- cipient Type will need to be included
on import in order to prevent edits or errors at ship time.
• FedEx Ground C.O.D. (Collect on Delivery):
The C.O.D. special service for FedEx Ground shipments requires the users to
define the C.O.D. currency type. If you have a profile for FedEx Ground
C.O.D. special service shipments, the C.O.D. currency type must be includ-
ed on the import to prevent edits or errors at ship time.

User Guide - 3 Expert 17

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Preparing for Integration

Integration allows FedEx Ship Manager Software to communicate directly • Do you know if your order/shipping application is ODBC- compliant (Open
with your business application. At a time that you choose, pre-selected Database Connectivity),
shipping information in your application imports into FedEx Ship Manager if it uses a text file, or if you are using QuickBooks®
Software. Likewise, at a time that you choose, pre-selected information in Financial Software to store shipping information?
FedEx Ship Manager Software, such as tracking number, exports to your
• If your application is ODBC-compliant, do you know its Data Source
application.
Name (DSN)?
For example, if your order department enters a customer’s name into an Note: The DSN is the logical name assigned to a data repository or database. The DSN contains lookup
electronic order form under a “Name” field, you can set up integration to copy attributes that the driver uses to access the data.
the name information from your application and place it into the Recipient ID
If you use a text file to store your information, is all the shipping
field in FedEx Ship Manager Software. When you set up integration, you
information stored in a single file?
match information from your application on
a one-to-one basis with the information fields in FedEx Ship • If you use a text file to store shipping information, do you know the name
Manager Software. and location of the file?
• Do you know the names of the tables and the fields within your data source
where order/shipping information is stored?
Key Questions
• Are you familiar with the flow of information, from receipt
The key to a successful integration is a thorough understanding of your of an order to the printing of the package label?
business application and careful planning. Before you continue, ensure that
you can answer the following questions. If you need assistance, discuss these • Do you use a unique alphanumeric code, or field index, to
questions with your IT and shipping departments. identify packages/orders or recipients?
• Do you have access rights to the information that is stored in your
application?

User Guide - 3 Expert 18

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Preparing for Integration, continued Review your current shipping process and consider the following questions. This
assists you in creating an integration profile that best matches your business
Your Experience Level
processes, workflow, etc.
FedEx Integration Assistant walks you through the integration
• Do you process packages in batches, the number and order of which is
process. However, to ensure that your integration goes smoothly,
established by your remote application?
you should have familiarity with:
• Do you need to print labels one at a time, or is it okay to print multiple
• Basic database concepts
labels?
• Applications used at your company to enter and manage
• Do you need to view shipping information for aspecific
customer and shipping information
package before printing the shipping label?
• Using FedEx Ship Manager Software
• Do you need to edit or add information on the FedEx Ship Manager Software
• Shipping activities used at your company screen before you print thelabel?
If you don’t have database experience or are unfamiliar with your company’s • Do you process multiple-piece shipments?
applications or shipping activities, familiarize yourself with the integration
• Do you maintain an address book outside of FedEx Ship Manager
concepts described in the FedEx Integration Assistant Tutorial, which is
Software?
available when you select FedEx Integration Assistant from the Integration
menu. Then discuss your needs with knowledgeable individuals within your • Do you use a paper Bill of Lading as the source of shipping
company. information?
Understanding Your Shipping Process • Do you need to check the information presented in FedEx Ship Manager
Software against a Bill of Lading?
In most cases, integration can be set up to support your current shipping
process. You may find, however, that integration allows you to adopt a more • Do you record tracking numbers and shipping charges?
efficient shipping method, which may require you to make changes to the • Do you need to use Alternate Return Addresses?
way you manage your customer and shipping information.
• Will you need to temporarily disable integration so that you can manually
process a rush shippingjob?

User Guide - 3 Expert 19

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Creating a New Profile • You can map your data to fields on the ImportInformation
An integration profile resembles a recipe card for shipping a package. It screen to pass data through from import to export. This is data that never
contains instructions about how you process packages. Each profile that you goes to the FedEx Ship Manager
create contains information about: screen. When these fields are selected for import, they are
automatically selected for export.
• Where FedEx Ship Manager Software can find your
business information Editing an Existing Profile
• When it should get (import) or send (export) information You can create a new profile by modifying an existing profile
• Is this an LTL Freight Profile and saving it under a new name.
• How and when you want to view or edit shipping information FedEx Integration Assistant keeps track of completed and incomplete profiles. You
can open FedEx Integration Assistant at any time to edit an existing profile or
• When you want labels to print complete an unfinished profile.
Whenever you are in the editing mode, Editing Profile appears
in the lower left corner of the screen.
Creating LTL Specific Profiles
This feature gives you the ability to integrate data for LTL freight shipments Saving Profiles
using FedEx Integration Assistant. FedEx Integration Assistant prompts you to save your profile
• In FedEx Integration Assistant, you can create a profile specifically for when you click:
LTL freight shipments. • Save
• When selecting a Lookup for Single and Single Edit profiles, users have • Windows close button (x)
the option to populate a new Order ID field on the Freight screen in • Finish
FedEx Ship Manager or use the Lookup dialog. The Information, Match
and Always save your profile before clicking Back.
Conversion screens are similar to those for Parcel profiles with fields specific Note: Profile names are limited to 64 characters in length and cannot contain spaces.
for LTL freight.

User Guide - 3 Expert 20

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Deleting Profiles Planning Your Profiles

To delete integration profiles: Required Shipping Information
1. Select Begin on the Create tab. FedEx Ship Manager Software requires that you provide certain shipping
information before a package can ship. However, FedEx Integration Assistant
2. Select the profile from the list and click Remove.
does not check if your profile provides required shipping information. Therefore,
Renaming Profiles you must provide required shipping information using any combination of the
following:
CAUTION: Do not use Microsoft® Windows Explorer to rename a profile.
Renaming profiles outside of FedEx Integration Assistant corrupts the profile. • FedEx Ship Manager Software preferences
To rename an existing profile: • Importing from your data source

1. Select Begin on the Create tab. • FedEx Ship Manager Software defaults
• Manually entering data onto the shipping screen
2. Select Edit an existing profile.
Appendix B in the FedEx Integration Assistant Tutorial contains a complete
3. Make any necessary changes as you move through the tabs and click listing of FedEx Ship Manager Software data fields. An asterisk indicates
Finish. You are prompted to save the profile, at which point you can
required fields.
rename it.
Note: To remove a profile from the system, you must manually delete it from FedEx Integration Assistant.
You gain the most benefit from integration by importing as
Renaming a profile does not delete the existing or original profile. much of the shipping information as possible.
Note: One of the key benefits of integration is the ability to automatically batch-process shipments. To
Default Profile Selection avoid shipping errors and ensure smooth batch processing, it is critical that you provide all required
The profile you select for use remains selected after you close FedEx Ship shipping information.
Manager Software at the end of the day. When you re-open FedEx Ship
Manager Software, your last selected profile remains active.
To select an alternate profile, click None to de-select the
active profile then choose a different profile.

User Guide - 3 Expert 21

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Field Index
To use several of the key features provided by integration, records in your
data source must be retrievable using a unique alphanumeric identifier, or
field index. During the integration process, you may be required to provide a
field index to complete your profile.
A field index may be a general reference, such as an order or package
number, or a field index may take the form of recipient information, such as a
phone number. In most cases, you select a column header (e.g., Account
Number) as your field index.
The field index is particularly important when using
an ODBC-compliant data source that stores shipping information in more than
one table. In this case, the field index is the common thread that allows
integration to locate your shipping information in the tables.

User Guide - 3 Expert 22

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Alternate Return Address Information International Shipping

To use alternate return address information with integration, the address FedEx Integration Assistant provides support for multiple commodities. Refer
information must already exist in FedEx Ship Manager Software. If it does not to the Special Instructions section on the Import > Match page in the FedEx
exist, you have to manually add this information for each shipment. Integration Assistant Tutorial.
FedEx Ship Manager Software Preferences Data Conversion
Integration supports the use of FedEx Ship Manager Software preferences. When planning an import profile, consider whether your data is in a format that is
However, data that you import through integration or that you manually enter acceptable to FedEx Ship Manager Software. Appendix B in the FedEx
using the Batch-Edit or Single-Edit shipping method overwrites default Integration Assistant Tutorial indicates which FedEx Ship Manager Software
information that you set up in preferences. Refer to Part 5 - Using Integration in fields are format-specific and require conversion.
the FedEx Integration Assistant Tutorial for information about using the Batch- Likewise, if you are planning an export profile, consider whether the data that
Edit and Single-Edit shipping methods. you want to export from FedEx Ship Manager Software is in a format that is
Rush Shipping Jobs acceptable to your application.
Consider whether or not people interrupt your normal shipping workflow to During the integration process, you have the option of using Conversion to
process “rush” shipments. If you need to maintain the ability to process rush assign FedEx Ship Manager Software data formats to values in your data
shipments, you have the option of assigning a shipping method that allows you source, or assign your formats to FedEx Ship Manager Software values.
to temporarily interrupt integration.
About Multiple-Piece Shipments
Integration supports fully automated multiple-piece shipping. However, you can
set up your profile so that you can either import or manually enter the number
of packages, in which case FedEx Ship Manager Software prompts you for
information about each package.

User Guide - 3 Expert 23

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Updating the Data Source After a PackageShips

Integration provides the capability to update records in your data source after Import Export Both Single

each package ships. To use the

update function, your data source must contain a value that you can associate
with one of the following FedEx Ship Manager Software fields:
• Purchase Order
• Customer Reference Create

• Recipient Code
Note: You may also update your data source to reflect deleted shipments.

The Integration Process

FedEx Integration Assistant uses a series of selectable tabs. Each tab presents
you with questions to respond to or selections to make. FedEx Integration
Assistant uses your responses to create your integration profile.
The availability of each tab and the sequence that you move through the tabs
vary depending on the responses that you provide. After you complete each tab
and click Continue,the next required tab appears.
The figure on the right illustrates the tab sequence that you follow for each
type of integration profile. If one of the conditions listed under Alternate
Paths exists, your path changes as shown.

User Guide - 3 Expert 24

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Using FedEx Integration Assistant Navigating

System Requirements You can move freely between all active tabs within FedEx
Integration Assistant.
• Microsoft Windows® Internet Explorer® 6.0 or later
• Purple – Active and selected
• Adobe® Acrobat Reader® 8.1 or later
• White – Active, but not selected
• FedEx Ship Manager Software version 2246 or later
• Gray – Inactive, non-selectable
Installing and Removing FedEx Integration Assistant
Which tabs are active depends on the type and the
FedEx Integration Assistant automatically installs with FedEx Ship Manager configuration of the profile you are creating or editing.
Software and cannot be uninstalled without removing FedEx Ship Manager
Software. If you need to uninstall FedEx Ship Manager Software, you have the Back and Continue
option of saving integration profiles that you created with FedEx Integration Click Back to move to previously completed tabs. Continue is available after you
Assistant. complete the current tab or attempt to move ahead from a completed tab.
Starting FedEx Integration Assistant Save
Select FedEx Integration Assistant or the profile that you Click Save to name and save your profile. You can create and save 17
want to activate from the Integration menu. integration profiles. Always save your profile before clicking Back.
Getting Help Finish
The following tools are available to you at each step in the integration Click Finish, available on the Finish > Instructions tab, to confirm your profile
process when you select FedEx Integration Assistant from the Integration and make it available in the Integration menu in FedEx Ship Manager
menu. Software.
• Help link on each tab
• Common Questions links on each tab
• Learn More… links for additional information about key concepts
• Tutorial link that opens a comprehensive FedEx Integration
Assistant Tutorial

User Guide - 3 Expert 25

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Locating Your Shipping Information ODBC Drivers

Access to your shipping information, also called your data source. FedEx Not all ODBC DSNs require a driver. Refer to the documentation provided with
Integration Assistant can access three types of data sources: ODBC-compliant your application to determine if a driver is required.
applications, ODBC- compliant text files and QuickBooks® Financial Software.
If an ODBC DSN is required, ensure that it is current.

ODBC-Compliant Applications Data Source Name (DSN)

Typically, customer and shipping information is entered into and stored in
The DSN is the logical name assigned to a data repository or database. The DSN
ODBC-compliant applications.
contains lookup attributes that the driver uses to access the data.
If you select an ODBC-compliant application as your data source, FedEx
Integration Assistant scans your Windows® directories and locates ODBC-
compliant data sources by their Data Source Name (DSN). FedEx Integration
Assistant provides you with a list of all DSNs that it locates on your system.
Note: FedEx Integration Assistant offers support for USB scales.

ODBC (Open Database Connectivity)

ODBC is a way for a client application, such as Microsoft® Office Access, to
interact with an ODBC-compliant server. It identifies the capabilities of the
server and allows the application to work within the functions of the server.

User Guide - 3 Expert 26

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

ODBC-Compliant Text Files

If your company uses an application that is not ODBC- compliant, or there are Example Integration Profiles
technical obstacles to real-time communication with your application, your The following are examples of how two unique integration
application may still be capable of producing ODBC-compliant text files that profiles support two unique shipping situations.
FedEx Integration Assistant can read. FedEx Integration Assistant can
integrate text files even though they do not have a DSN or a database driver Shipping Situation 1
associated with them. Every morning, your shipping department processes packages for orders
You can identify text files by their .csv or .txt file extension. Text files are received from your drop-ship customers after 5:00 p.m. on the previous
either Delimited or Fixed Width. business day. These customers require overnight shipping for all packages, and
Note: FedEx Integration Assistant can import an unlimited number of textfile records. a shipping confirmation email sent to each recipient.
Profile 1
FedEx Integration Assistant Set Conditions
Name: Drop_Ship
FedEx Integration Assistant Set Conditions helps you to create conditions in
FedEx Integration Assistant profiles so you can enter your own business rules This name appears in the Integration menu and clearly
that determine how and what data is imported. This is currently available for describes the function of the profile.
import only. Note: You can name the profile anything you like.

This functionality is available by clicking the Set Conditions button on the Type: Import and Export
Match screen. There is no limit to the number of conditions you can create in a This profile can import shipping information from your data source and export
profile. instructions for the email confirmation.
The conditions evaluate your imported data using comparisons like equal to, Shipping Method: Batch
greater than, less than, etc., and set a value in FedEx Ship Manager through
integration. For example, you can create a condition if weight is greater than 5 “Batch” describes the ability of the profile to automatically import shipping
pounds, set Service Type as FedEx Express Saver®. information for each package (when the profile is activated) and print the
shipping labels without further action by the shipper.

User Guide - 3 Expert 27

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Example Integration Profiles, continued

Shipping Situation 2
During normal business hours, your shipping department processes packages
associated with regular orders that you receive by phone and through your
website. Packages are processed one at a time, in the order received by your
customer service department. The shipping label must contain a customer
reference number.
Profile 2
Name: Standard
This name appears in the Integration menu and
clearly describes the function of the profile.
Note: You can name the profile anything you like.

Type: Import
This profile can import shipping information from your order
entry data source.
Shipping Method: Single-Edit
“Single” describes the ability of the profile to look up shipping information for each
order, using the recipient’s name, and to print shipping labels one
at a time.
“Edit” means that the profile allows you to type the customer’s reference number
on the shipping screen before the shipping label prints.

User Guide - 3 Expert 28

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Customize Reports | Integrate Your Systems

Activating Your Profile Testing Your Profile

The names you create for your integration profiles appear on the FedEx Ship Confirm that your integration profile behaves as expected by integrating shipping
Manager Software menu bar under the Integration menu. information for a single shipment. If this test is successful, try a small batch of
From the Integration menu, select the profile that you want to activate. A check two or three shipments to confirm that FedEx Ship Manager Software and your
mark indicates that the profile is active. Each profile has a unique color data source are communicating correctly.
associated with it. The color appears in the FedEx Ship Manager Software field If you encounter a problem and need to re-open FedEx Integration Assistant to
that is associated with the profile. The name of the active profile appears in the make changes, first click None on the Integration menu to disable the profile, then
window title bar. reopen and edit the profile.
If you select a batch profile, an activation approval prompt appears. The profile
runs immediately after you approve it.
Deactivating an Integration Profile
Select None on the Integration menu to temporarily turn off Integration.

User Guide - 3 Expert 29

Glossary
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Glossary
Accessorial Charges: FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery services inland waterway transportation.
charge extra for certain value-added delivery services. These value- CI: Commercial Invoice. The official transaction record between an exporter and
added services include: C.O.D, Call Tags, Hazardous Material (HazMat), an importer. Customs officials rely on this paperwork to clear shipments across
Signature Service, and many others. Most of these accessorial charges international borders. Generally, the Commercial Invoice is required for
are per package. Accessorial charges are not discounted and are added international shipments of dutiable commodities but varies by country, size,
to the final package charge after any discounts and/or to the final Multi weight, quantity and value. A Proforma Invoice is often used as an offer to sell or
weight charge. is used to apply for a letter of credit or import permit. A Commercial Invoice
AES: Automated Export System – See also AESDirect. AES Direct: supersedes a Proforma Invoice.
CIF (Cost, Insurance and Freight): (Destination port – same as CFR, but
AESDirect is the U.S. Census Bureau’s includes insurance) Title and risk pass to buyer when delivered on board the
free, Internet- based system for filing Shipper’s Export Declaration ship by seller who pays transportation and insurance cost to destination port.
(SED)/Electronic Export Information (EEI) to the Automated Export System Used for sea or inland waterway transportation.
(AES). It is the electronic alternative to filing a paper SED, and can be
used by CIP (Cost and Insurance Paid To): (Place at destination
– CPT, but includes insurance) Title and risk pass to buyer when delivered by
U.S. Principal Parties in Interest (USPPIs), forwarders, or anyone else
seller who pays transportation and insurance cost to destination. Used for
responsible for export reporting. (www. aesdirect.gov)
any mode of transportation.
BSO: Broker Select Option C.O.D.: Collect on Delivery
CBP: Customs & Border Protection Country of Ultimate Destination: Enter the final country of
destination as known to the exporter at the time of shipment.
CCI: Canada Customs Invoice
CFR (Cost and Freight): (Destination port – paid to arrival at destination port)
Title, risk and insurance cost pass to buyer when delivered on board the ship by
seller who pays the transportation costs to the destination port. Used for sea or

User Guide - Glossary 1

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

CPT (Carriage Paid To): (Place at destination – includes all destination port EXW (Ex Works): (Factory, mill, warehouse: your door) Title and risk pass
charges) Title, risk, and insurance cost pass to buyer when delivered to carrier to buyer including payment of all transportation and insurance costs from
by seller who pays transportation and insurance cost to destination. Used for the seller’s door. Used for any mode of transportation.
any mode of transportation. FAS: Free Alongside Ship
DDP (Delivery Duty Paid): (Consignee door – includes all charges origin to FCA (Free Carrier): (Pick a place after your origin to start) Title and risk pass
destination) Title and risk pass to buyer when seller delivers goods to named to buyer including transportation and insurance cost when the seller delivers
destination point cleared for import. Used for any mode of transportation. goods cleared
DDU (Delivery Duty Unpaid): (Consignee door – excluding duties and taxes) for export to the carrier. Seller is obligated to load the goods on the buyer’s
Title, risk and responsibility for vessel discharge and import clearance pass to collecting vehicle. It is the buyer’s obligation to receive the seller’s arriving
buyer when seller delivers goods on board the ship to destination port. Used vehicle unloaded.
for sea or inland waterway transportation. FHD: FedEx Home Delivery
DEA: Drug Enforcement Agency FICE (FedEx International Controlled Export): Select whether this shipment
DSN (Data Source Name): The logical name assigned to a data repository or is a FedEx International Controlled Export (FICE) shipment or not. A FICE
database. The DSNcontains look-up attributes that the driver uses to access shipment requires additional/special handling by U.S. Customs & Border
the data. Protection (CBP) in order to process the shipment (e.g., Department of
State licenses, DEA Permits, in-bond shipments, etc.).
DT (Door Tag): The first two characters of a door tag
number, followed by 12 numbers. ECOD: FOB (Free On Board): (Port – same as FAS) Risk passes to buyer including
payment of all transportation and insurance cost once delivered on board
Electronic Collect on Delivery EEI: Electronic the ship by the seller. Used for sea and inland waterway transportation.
Export Information EIN: Employer Identification FTR: Foreign Trade Regulations
Number
FTSR: Foreign Trade Statistics Regulations
EPDI: Electronic Package Detail Information ETN: Express
Tracking Numbers

User Guide - Glossary 2

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Girth: The sum of the four smallest dimensions of a package. Girth in a Multi-weight Shipment has its own unique tracking number and is not
= (2* width + 2* height) guaranteed to be picked up or delivered at the same time as the other
IATA: International Air Transport Association packages in the Multi-weight Shipment.
IDF: FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution® Freight NAFTA: North American Free Trade Agreement NC: Net Cost
IE: FedEx International Economy® ODBC (Open Database Connectivity): ODBC is a way for a client application,
like Microsoft Access, to interact with an ODBC-compliant server. It identifies
IEFS: FedEx International Economy® Freight the capabilities of the server and allows the application to work within the
Intermediate Consignee: A party in a foreign country makes delivery of the functions of the server.
merchandise to the ultimate consignee or the party so named on the export Oversize Packages (Ground): A package whose Length plus Girth is greater
license. than 84 inches is considered Oversize. Oversize packages are considered to
IP: FedEx International Priority® have a minimum weight of 30 lbs. (or 50 lbs. if the Length plus the Girth is
IPBSO: FedEx International Priority Broker Select Option IPD: FedEx greater than 108 inches) for U.S. shipments and 50 lbs. for Canadian
shipments. There is also a maximum allowable size of “Length plus Girth less
International Priority DirectDistribution® IPFS: FedEx International Priority® than or equal to 130 inches,” as well as a maximum allowable single
Freight dimension of 108 inches.
IRS: Internal Revenue Service Package (Ground): The simplest and smallest item that can be shipped via
ITAR: International Traffic In Arms Regulations FedEx Ground.
ITN: Internal Transaction Number MAWB:
Master Air Waybill
MPS: Multiple-Piece Shipment
Multi-weight Shipment (Ground): A group of packages shipped on the same
day from the same location to the same destination. These packages are
considered a “shipment” for Multi-weight purposes only. Each package

User Guide - Glossary 3

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Parse Pak: Divides the total weight of a commercial or residential Tax ID/EIN type: The ID Type for the U.S. Principal Party in Interest (USPPI).
FedEx International Ground® multiple- piece shipment (MPS) equally Select the Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number (EIN).
among all packages in the shipment. For a U.S. domestic FedEx
Express or Ultimate Consignee: The foreign party actually receiving the shipment for
FedEx Ground multiple-piece shipment (MPS) containing identical packages, the designated end-user, or the party so designated on the export license.
this feature is the “per Shipment” option in the Per Package/Per Shipment URSA: Universal Routing and Sorting Aid
drop-down menu.
POD: Proof of Delivery USPPI (U.S. Principal Party in Interest): The person in the U.S. that
receives the primary benefit, monetary or otherwise, of the export
Proforma Invoice: Often used as an offer to sell or is used to apply for transaction. Generally that person is the U.S. seller, manufacturer,
a letter of credit or import permit. A Commercial Invoice supersedes a order party or
Proforma Invoice. foreign entity. Provide the USPPI complete information. XTN: External
RMA: Return Materials Authorization RVC: Transaction Number

Regional Value Content

SED: Shipper’s Export Declaration
State of Origin: The state in which the merchandise actually starts its journey
to the port of export, or the state of the commodity of the greatest value, or
the state of consolidation.
Tax ID/EIN: The 9-digit (plus 2 alphanumeric characters, if applicable)
Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number (EIN) for the U.S.
Principal Party in Interest (USPPI).

User Guide - Glossary 4

Index
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Index
Note: In this index to the User Guide for FedEx Ship Manager® Software, page numbers for the first three sections Address, residential option 1:9
are preceded by the section number. Thus, page 7 in section 1 will be written as 1:7; page 7 in section 2 will be
written 2:7, and so forth. AES (Automated Export System) 1:98, Glossary: 1 AES citation types
1:98,
A
AES downtime citation 1:99 post-
Accessorial charges Glossary:1 Additional handling
Departure citation 1:99
1:27, 2:7
pre-departure ITN 1:99
FedEx Express preferences 2:7 FedEx
Alcohol shipments 2:26
Ground preferences 2:9 multiple-piece
shipments,2:75-77 report field definitions 3:8 Auto-close 1:126

Address, entering 1:7 Auto-populate city and state/province 1:8

Address Book 1:38
add a recipient when shipping 1:39 B
applying custom label profiles to address B13A Canada export declaration 1:100
book 1:26 B13A filing options 1:101
conversions 1:45, 1:46, 1:47, 1:48, 1:49, 1:50, Billing details 1:30
recipient preferences, setting 1:42, 1:43 save additional handling 1:32
in/update my address book 1:9 search, when
department, assigning billing to a specific 1:32 duties/taxes/fees
shipping 1:40, I:41, search, using wild card
/ acct# (International only) 1:31 earned discounts 1:33
characters 1:37
information security standards 1:31
Address Checker. See FedEx Address Checker..1:55
reference fields 1:27
Address fields 1:7
return shipments 1:117

User Guide - Index 1

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

transportation to 1:31 Brazil, tax ID Commodity/Merchandise. See International requirements:

requirements 1:9 Brokerage-Inclusive commodity/merchandise.
service 1:31 Company name field 1:6 Configurable
BSO (Broker Select Option) 1:31, 2:28 references 2:12 Contact name field 1:6
Country field 1:6
Country of ultimate destination Glossary: 1 Courtesy effective
C
discount, field definition 3:10 Courtesy net freight charge, field
Canadian Customs Export Declaration 1:00 Carriage
definition 3:10 Courtesy Rate Quote Report 1:4
value 1:20
CPT (Carriage Paid To) 1:70
CFR (Cost and Freight) Glossary: 1
Cross-reference number, setting return address as 1:70 Customize
Child meter, automatic notification to download rates 2:21
configurable references 2:12
Child meter, removing 2:21, Glossary: 1 CI. See
doc-tabs (on thermal labels) 2:17 FedEx
Commercial invoice.
Customer Administration 2:21 field names 2:15
CIF (Cost, Insurance and Freight) Glossary: 1 CIP (Cost and
fields 2:14
Insurance Paid To) Glossary: 1 Close at end-of-day 1:131
forms 3:12
auto-close 1:132
hold file 2:85
reports .. 1:134
recipient country defaults 2:14 recipient ID list
reports, shipment and courier 1:128 reports,
1:11
unprinted 1:137
report field definitions 3:8
request close (manual) 1:133
C.O.D. (Collect on Delivery) 2:29
C.O.D. freight charges, field definition 3:9
Commercial Invoice 1:70, 1:85

User Guide - Index 2

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

reports 3:2 codes 1:98, 1:99, 1:100, 1:101, 1:102

shipping lists 1:30 importer information 1:95 labels and
shipping profiles. See Shipping profiles:
documents 1:107
Customs Screen 1:89
Customs Information 1:73, 1:87 See also International Requirements. NAFTA Certificate of Origin 1:91
AES (Automated Export System) citation types 1:103 AES downtime post-departure proof of filing citation 1:99
citation 1:91 pre-departure ITN (Internal Transaction Number) 1:104 proforma invoice 1:87
B13A Canada export declaration 1:62, 1:63, 1:64
reprinting customs documents 1:123
B13A filing options 1:101
setting customs document preferences 1:64, 1:88, 1:89 terms of sale 1:94
Canadian customs export declaration 1:105, 1:106 total customs value 1:20 tracking number
commercial/proforma invoice 1:90, 1:92, 1:94 bar code 1:82
commodity description 1:82
D
customs screen, updated 1:90, 1:91
Dangerous Goods.
document reprint 1:103 See Special service options: Dangerous Goods.
documentation 1:96 Databases 2:50
EEI (Electronic Export Information) 1:97 Expansion backup 2:61

Enhancements: 1:110 database functions 2:52

add a new record 2:52 add by
FedEx Electronic Trade Documents 1:108, 1:109 FedEx TradeLink
duplication 2:53
DocCenter 1:103
Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) exemption

add or remove a database field 2:59

User Guide - Index 3
FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

delete 2:54 DSN (Data Source Name) 3:24, Glossary: 2 Dry ice 2:36
print 2:55 DT (Door Tag) Glossary: 2
view/edit 2:54
EACI - account masking 2:51 - export E
2:65, 2:66 Email return label 1:112 Earned
filter 2:51 discounts 1:28
import 2:63, 2:64 Earned discounts (SmartPost) 2:86 Electronic Export
modify 2:60 Information (EEI) 1:92 EIN number 1:8, Glossary: 2,

restore 2:62 Glossary: 4 Electronic Trade Documents 1:103

EPDI (Electronic Package Detail Information) reports 1:128
templates 2:56
EXW (Ex Works) Glossary: 2
formats 2:57
select a format 2:58 types 2:56
F
types of databases 2:56
FCA (Free Carrier) Glossary: 2 FedEx 1D
third part account number storage 2:51 DDP
Barcode 1:67 FedEx Address Checker
(Delivery Duty Paid) Glossary: 2
1:55 check individual recipients 1:57
DDU (Delivery Duty Unpaid) Glossary: 2 Declared value 1:20
set preferences 1:56 FedEx
Destination Control Statement (DCS) 1:78 Dimensions,
Collect on Delivery 2:29
package 1:17
applying list rates 1:34
Discounts, earned and grace 1:28 Doc-tabs,
customize 2:17, 2:19
Document reprint 1:123

User Guide - Index 4

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FedEx Electronic Trade Documents 1:110 FedEx Hold at FedEx Location 2:39 international 1:30
Express manifest 1:123
freight Saturday pick-up 1:112 invoice 1:131 multiple-piece shipments (MPS) 2:74 preferences 2:9
inside pickup 2:43 reference label 2:7
international list rates, downloading 1:35 multiple- special service options available 2:23 FedEx Home
piece shipments (MPS) 2:66 preferences 2:6 Delivery 1:44
Mexico 1:110 FedEx InSight 2:46
FedEx First Overnight and FedEx International First Dangerous Goods Service: FedEx Integration Assistant. See Integration: FedEx Integration Assistant.
1:112 FedEx International First Saturday Deliver 1:112 FedEx International
FedEx Freight LTL (Less Than Truckload) 1:58 First Expansion to Asia 1:87 FedEx International Freight Economy
freight charge, field definition 3:9 Freight 1:112 FedEx International Ground 1:36
net freight charges, field definition 3:10 FedEx First Overnight Freight: I:113 FedEx
Saturday Pickup: I:112 Priority Alert 2:43
FedEx generated commercial invoice 1:70, 1:87 FedEx Services, changing the order of in Ship 1:27 FedEx ShipAlert
FedEx Global Returns 1:60, 1:61 Email Return 2:48
Labels: 1:124 preferences 2:48
Latin America and the Caribbean Return Receipt FedEx SmartPost 2:87, 2:88
information 1:61
FedEx 2Day 1:111
FedEx Ground 1:44
FedEx TradeLink DocCenter 1:104
alcohol 2:27
COLLECT billing option 2:28

User Guide - Index 5

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

FICE (FedEx International Controlled Export): Glossary: 2 H

Field definitions for reports 3:8 Field names, Handling charges
customize 2:15 FOB (Free on Board) adding to a shipment 1:27
Glossary: 3 adding to FedEx Express preferences 2:7 adding to
Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) codes/exemptions 1:100 Forms, FedEx Ground preferences 2:10 customizing reports 3:8
customizing 3:12 multiple-piece shipments 2:66
Freight charge, field definition 3:9 Harmonized Sales Tax 1:108
Function keys 1:60 Hazardous materials 2:37 See also Special service options: Dangerous Goods.
History database 1:121
G Hold at FedEx Location 2:40
Girth Glossary: 3 Updating Hold at Location table 2:41 2:42
Global Returns Email Return Labels: 1:60 Glossary Glossary: 1 Hold file 2:81
Gross charge, field definition 3:10 customize 2:85
Ground call tag 1:115 enable 2:82
Ground call tag uploads 1:116 Group shipments functions 2:83
1:51 assign tracking number 2:82 delete a
add a group when shipping 1:53 group shipment 2:82 duplicate a shipment
preferences, setting 1:54 to a temporary 2:83 edit a shipment 2:84
group 1:48 read scale (package weight) 2:83 ship from 2:83
to an existing group 1:52

User Guide - Index 6

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

list lookup options 2:86 save ODBC drivers 3:25

shipments to 2:82 saving 3:24
starting 3:24
I system requirements 3:22 tutorial,
Identical packages, shipping 1:16 INCOTERMS access to 3:24
2010 update 1:81 how it works 3:17
Increasing the screen font size: 1:5 Information preparing for integration 3:17 considerations
security standards 1:26 Inside Delivery 2:43 after upgrade 3:16 your experience level 3:18
Inside Pickup 2:43 process, 3:18
Integration, systems 3:13 profiles 3:17
benefits 3:14 activating 3:28
recent enhancements 3:15 FedEx alternate return address information 3:22
Integration Assistant 3:24 customize shipping profiles 2:2
DSN (Data Source Name) 3:25 help and creating new 3:19
tools 3:24, 3:26 installing and removing 3:24 data conversion 3:22
locating your shipping information 3:25 navigating 3:24 deactivating 3:28
ODBC (Open Database Connectivity) 3:250 ODBC default 3:20
applications and drivers 3:25 deleting 3:19
ODBC compliant applications 3:25 editing existing 3:19
ODBC-compliant text files 3:26 examples 3:26, 3:27
FedEx Ship Manager Software preferences 3:22

User Guide - Index 7

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

field index 3:21 summary 1:81

international shipping 3:22 NAFTA Certificate of Origin 1:80, 1:82
multiple-piece shipments (MPS) 3:22 planning Destination Control Statement (DCS) 1:83, 1:84
3:20 document shipments 1:74
process 3:23 multiple documents 1:76
renaming 3:20 single document 1:75 Invoice.
required shipping information 3:18 rush shipping See FedEx Express: invoice.
jobs 3:22 ITAR (International Traffic in Arms Regulations)
saving 3:19, 3:23 enhancements 1:85, 1:86
system requirements 3:24 ITN (Internal Transaction Number) 1:99
testing 3:28
updating data source after package ships 3:23 Intelligent Mail L
Package Barcode 2:89 Labels
Intermediate consignee Glossary: 3 Internal customize shipping labels 1:24
Transaction Number (ITN) 1:99 adding/editing a custom label profile 1:15, 1:24
International Air Transport Association (IATA) additional copies 1:37
regulations 2:30 applying custom labels to senders in address book ..1:25
International air waybill format, preferences 2:8 International updating shipping label profiles 1:25, 1:26 customize doc-
controlled export 2:42 International list rates, downloading 1:35 tabs (on thermal labels) 2:17 email return label 1:112
International requirements. 1:73 See also Customs Information. formats 2:10
commodity/merchandise shipments 1:77 international 1:102
add a commodity 1:78, 1:79, 1:80 masking account numbers on 1:31 printing return
labels 1:110, 2:44

User Guide - Index 8

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

reference label 2:7 handling charges, additional 2:73

reprinting when damaged 1:33 validator information for each package 2:77 parse pak 2:79
2:19 per package/per shipment option (U.S. only): 2:80 shipment
Lists contents 2:77
customized shipping lists 1:30

List Gross Charge, field definition 3:10 List Net integration 3:21 international
Charge, field definition 3:10 commodity/merchandise 2:69, 2:70
List Total Customer Charge, field definition 3:10 List Total customs 2:69
Surcharge, field definition 3:10 Location number 1:9 options 2:68
preparing an MPS 2:68 documents 2:67
M FedEx ShipAlert 2:67
Mexico, shipping enhancements 1:105 Multiple information on non-identical packages 2:71 return
shipment details 2:67
documents (international) 1:71 Multiple-piece
shipment details 2:67 shipment
shipments (MPS) 2:67
information
FedEx Express MPS 2:69
Canada & International only 2:74, 2:75, 2:76 special
handling charges 2:73, 2:78 information for
each package 2:71 service options 2:72
shipment contents 2:71 special service Multi weight shipment Glossary: 3
options 2:71 total shipment information
2:74 N
FedEx Ground MPS 2:76 handling charges NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement) certificate of origin 1:76 Net Charge, field definition
2:76
3:10

User Guide - Index 9

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Net Freight Charge, field definition 3:10 Network package contains (international only) 1:18 package
client configuration utility 3:13 Non-standard dimensions 1:19
packaging 2:43 package type 1:19
Number of packages 1:18 Saturday delivery 1:20
service type 1:19
O ship date 1:20
ODBC 3:24, Glossary: 3 total carriage value 1:23 total
Options and special service options. See Special customs value 1:23 tracking
service options. status 1:61
ORM-D (Other Regulated Materials-Domestic) names 2:35 type 1:17
Oversize packages Glossary: 4 weight 1:18 Parse pak
Glossary: 4
P Pharmacy Delivery Special Request: 1:4
Package and shipment details 1:16 commodity/merchandise 1:18 Postal code requirement for postal aware countries
1:7
currency type 1:21
Postal code formats (by country) 1:12,
declared value 1:22
Preferences. See Shipping profiles.
dimensions 1:17
Print return label 1:114 Priority Alert
document description 1:20
2:43 Proforma invoice 1:85, G:4
identical packages 1:16
Province field 1:8
non-FedEx packaging (“Your Packaging”) 1:17
number of packages 1:19

User Guide - Index 10

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

R Remove Scale Timeout: 1:4 Reports

Recipient information 1:7 1:125, 3:2
Address 1 and Address 2 1:9 customize 3:2, 3:3, 3:4, 3:5, 3:6, 3:7
auto-populate city and state/province 1:7 company customize forms 3:12
name 1:9 document reprint 1:123
contact name 1:9 end-of-day close 1:131 FedEx Express
group 1:8 invoice 1:128
hold file 1:8 FedEx Ground manifest 1:129
location number 1:9 field definitions 3:8, 3:9, 3:10, 3:11
postal code 1:10 filters 3:6
postal code formats (by country) 1:12 recipient ID 1:5, history 1:121
1:6 labels, reprinting software labels 1:30 return
recipient ID, customizing list 1:13 residential address packages 1:119
1:9 ship database purge .. 1:128 ship log
save in address book 1:9 set 1:131
preferences 1:38 ship to group shipment 1:130
1:5 shipping history, access to: 1:126 shipping and
tax ID 1:11 history reports: 1:127
tax ID requirements for Brazil 1:11 telephone / Ext Residential address, this is a 1:9 Manage
1:11 Returns: 1:114
update address book 1:11 Return address, change 1:13 Return labels

Reference label, FedEx Express Freight 2:7 1:110, 1:112, 2:44

Return shipments 1:109
References, configurable 2:12

User Guide - Index 11

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

billing details 1:122 change return address 1:15 change

email return label 1:117, 1:118 sender 1:15
FedEx Global Returns email return labels 1:60 ground call tag current sender 1:14
1:120 Ship, introduction 1:2
ground call tag uploads 1:121 package and save time before you ship 1:3 remove scale
shipment details 1:119 printing a return label 1:119 timeout 1:4 function keys, setting up
process return only 1:115 1:65 courtesy rate quote report 1:4
process return with outbound shipment 1:110 Return Materials increase the screen font size 1:5 view transit
Authorization (RMA) number 1:117 return package from 1:111 times 1:6
return package to 1:116 return Ship date 1:18
packages report 1:124 returns shipping Ship log 1:122 Ship to
group 1:51
list 1:123
Ship to, postal code requirements for postal aware countries 1:12
Ship to, recipient information 1:7, 1:13 Ship to,
S sender information 1:14
Saturday delivery 1:18, 2:44
Ship to, package and shipment details 1:16 Shipment
Saturday pickup 2:44 Save in details screen 1:2
address book 1:9 Search address Shipping preferences 2:3
book 1:36 Shipment receipt 2:46
SED/EEI Exemption or Proof of Filing Citation 1:85 Sender Shipper’s declaration for dangerous goods 2:30 Shipping
information 1:14 databases. See Databases.
assign shipping profiles to senders 2:14 Shipping history, access to 1:27

User Guide - Index 12

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

Shipping labels, additional copies 1:37 Shipping availability 2:23

labels, customizing 1:24, 1:25 BSO (Broker Select Option) 2:28
Shipping labels, masking account numbers 1:26 Shipping list, C.O.D. (Collect on Delivery) 2:29 dangerous
returns 1:118 goods 2:31, 2:34
Shipping lists, customized: 1:2, 1:30, all packed in one 2:33 checklist 2:31
Shipping profiles 2:3 details 2:34
assigning to senders 2:11 documents 2:31
doc-tabs: customize: 2:17, 2:18, 2:19 user dry ice 2:37
prompts, customize: 2:16
hazardous materials 2:38, 2:39
customize 2:2
IATA compliance 2:31
FedEx Express preferences 2:6 FedEx
infectious substances 2:34
Ground preferences 2:9
inside pickup 2:43
field preferences 2:4, 2:5, 2:14, 2:15
limitations 2:36
handling charge 2:7, 2:10 international air
new regulations 2:32
waybill format 2:8 label format 2:7, 2:10
non-standard padkaging 2:44
configurable references: 2:12, 2:13, 2:14
overpacks 2:33
reference label 2:7
return manager 2:7 system pharmacy delivery special request 2:30 radioactive 2:35
settings..2:20 return labels 2:45
customer administration 2:21 shipping information 2:32, 2:39
SmartPost 2:86 shipment receipt 2:47
Special service options 1:23, 2:22, 2:23, 2:24, 2:25, signatory information 2:32
alcohol 2:26, 2:27

User Guide - Index 13

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

signature options 2:45 Store location number 1:9 System

Title 49 CFR 2:31 integration 3:13
dry ice 2:36 System settings 2:20
FedEx Ground COLLECT billing option 2:28 FedEx System Requirements 1
InSight 2:45 customizing 2:20
FedEx ShipAlert 2:47 FedEx customer administration 2:21
hazardous materials 2:37 Hold at
FedEx Location 2:39 inside delivery T
2:42 Tax ID/EIN 1:8, Glossary: 4
inside pickup 2:42 Tax Sales, Harmonized in Ontario and British Columbia 1:113
international controlled export 2:42 multiple-piece Telephone field 1:8
shipment 2:38, 2:71, 2:75 Terms of sale 1:89
non-standard packaging 2:43 optional Total carriage value 1:20
information, adding 2:44 priority alert 2:44 Total Customer Charge, field definition 3:10
Total customs value 1:20
return labels 2:44
Total Discount, field definition 3:10 Total
Saturday delivery 2:44
Surcharge, field definition 3:11 Track 1:66
Saturday pickup 2:44
Track package status 1:61
shipment receipt 2:46
by numbers and references 1:67, 1:68, 1:69` from shipping
signature options 2:44
history 1:70
pharmacy deliver special request 3:30 State of origin results 1:71
Glossary: 4 Tracking number bar code 1:72 Transit Times,
State/province field 1:8 View 1:29

User Guide - Index 14

FedEx Ship Manager Software
®

1 Essentials 2 Advanced 3 Expert Glossary Index

U
Ultimate consignee Glossary: 4 Update
address book 1:9
User prompts, customize 2:16
USPPI (U.S. Principal Party of Interest) Glossary: 4
V
Validator label 2:19
View Transit Times 1:2, 1:6, 1:29,
W
Weight 1:16

User Guide - Index 15

InfoShip User Guide 2.94.1257
0% (1)
InfoShip User Guide 2.94.1257
125 pages
FedEx Ship Manager Server V 17.0.1 Installation and Configuration Guide
No ratings yet
FedEx Ship Manager Server V 17.0.1 Installation and Configuration Guide
184 pages
FedEx and ERP 1
No ratings yet
FedEx and ERP 1
8 pages
Hardware Used by FedEx
83% (6)
Hardware Used by FedEx
16 pages
Supply Chain of FedEx
No ratings yet
Supply Chain of FedEx
41 pages
PropDevGuide 2600
0% (2)
PropDevGuide 2600
506 pages
Kebijakan Akuntansi Aset Tetap Dan Penyusutan
No ratings yet
Kebijakan Akuntansi Aset Tetap Dan Penyusutan
9 pages
FSM User Guide v2800
No ratings yet
FSM User Guide v2800
278 pages
Installation and User Guide: Fedex Ship Manager® Software V.13.0
No ratings yet
Installation and User Guide: Fedex Ship Manager® Software V.13.0
123 pages
International Logistics &port Management
100% (2)
International Logistics &port Management
19 pages
New FSM Userguide V28.6 en
No ratings yet
New FSM Userguide V28.6 en
14 pages
FSM Usermanual
No ratings yet
FSM Usermanual
41 pages
FSM Usermanual
No ratings yet
FSM Usermanual
30 pages
(New Version) MAGS Userguide - Draft - V26
No ratings yet
(New Version) MAGS Userguide - Draft - V26
10 pages
FedEx International Priority Express FAQs
No ratings yet
FedEx International Priority Express FAQs
4 pages
Fedex Delivery Manager User Guide
No ratings yet
Fedex Delivery Manager User Guide
21 pages
Service Guide AE
No ratings yet
Service Guide AE
27 pages
Presented By:-: E-Business & E-Commerce Solutions
100% (2)
Presented By:-: E-Business & E-Commerce Solutions
26 pages
FSM Global Shipping Transaction Guide
No ratings yet
FSM Global Shipping Transaction Guide
202 pages
FedEx Electronic Trade Documents Guide
No ratings yet
FedEx Electronic Trade Documents Guide
18 pages
Fedex Quickform User Guide en TW
No ratings yet
Fedex Quickform User Guide en TW
2 pages
The Requirement of Company Before Implement System: With Numerous Email Updates
No ratings yet
The Requirement of Company Before Implement System: With Numerous Email Updates
3 pages
Fedex Apac Service Guide en SG
No ratings yet
Fedex Apac Service Guide en SG
29 pages
Kinetic ShipAndRecUserGuide
No ratings yet
Kinetic ShipAndRecUserGuide
191 pages
User_Guide
No ratings yet
User_Guide
34 pages
Inbound 5677629722088814206
No ratings yet
Inbound 5677629722088814206
19 pages
FedEx Ship Manager Software PassPort Global Shipping Transaction Guide v2460 09202010
No ratings yet
FedEx Ship Manager Software PassPort Global Shipping Transaction Guide v2460 09202010
188 pages
Global - Freight Forwarders Ebook Apr 2014
No ratings yet
Global - Freight Forwarders Ebook Apr 2014
17 pages
Fedex Online Remote Pickup Userguide en TW
No ratings yet
Fedex Online Remote Pickup Userguide en TW
21 pages
ServiceGuide ENG PR English
No ratings yet
ServiceGuide ENG PR English
17 pages
TrackService WSDL Guide
No ratings yet
TrackService WSDL Guide
130 pages
fedex-meisa-pickup-user-guide-en-ke
No ratings yet
fedex-meisa-pickup-user-guide-en-ke
6 pages
Info Project Cris45....
No ratings yet
Info Project Cris45....
5 pages
Parker Hannifin Parflex/Scancode Shipping Procedures: 1. Starting Up Host Session and Scancode Shipping System
No ratings yet
Parker Hannifin Parflex/Scancode Shipping Procedures: 1. Starting Up Host Session and Scancode Shipping System
4 pages
Sales-Channel Analytics Warehouse Management Systems (WMS)
No ratings yet
Sales-Channel Analytics Warehouse Management Systems (WMS)
3 pages
Magaya Operations Manual PDF
No ratings yet
Magaya Operations Manual PDF
507 pages
fsmsoftware_etd_032010 (1)
No ratings yet
fsmsoftware_etd_032010 (1)
14 pages
Report On Fedex Company
No ratings yet
Report On Fedex Company
12 pages
International Shipping Reference Guide
No ratings yet
International Shipping Reference Guide
12 pages
Fedex International Shipping
No ratings yet
Fedex International Shipping
5 pages
SDD_FrieghtApp_V2.1
No ratings yet
SDD_FrieghtApp_V2.1
84 pages
Sales and Distribution With SAP: 100 Things You Should Know About
No ratings yet
Sales and Distribution With SAP: 100 Things You Should Know About
25 pages
Sappress 100 Things Sales and Distribution With Sap
100% (1)
Sappress 100 Things Sales and Distribution With Sap
25 pages
ShipERP Small Parcel Shipment
No ratings yet
ShipERP Small Parcel Shipment
23 pages
Tracking And Reporting On Shipments Guide
No ratings yet
Tracking And Reporting On Shipments Guide
18 pages
Free Shipping en Guide
No ratings yet
Free Shipping en Guide
10 pages
3PL Software Functional Requirements Template
No ratings yet
3PL Software Functional Requirements Template
45 pages
FedEx IPD User Guide
No ratings yet
FedEx IPD User Guide
35 pages
Transportation Management Implementation Guide Final Draft
No ratings yet
Transportation Management Implementation Guide Final Draft
41 pages
Dydacomp's Multichannel Order Manager 7i Setup Guide
No ratings yet
Dydacomp's Multichannel Order Manager 7i Setup Guide
312 pages
Apps Odoo Com Apps Modules 18 0 Freight...
No ratings yet
Apps Odoo Com Apps Modules 18 0 Freight...
28 pages
TM in SAPS4HANA TestScript OutboundTransportation BasicScenario
No ratings yet
TM in SAPS4HANA TestScript OutboundTransportation BasicScenario
38 pages
OTM Appointment Mgt and Schedule Management Activity Guide NF
No ratings yet
OTM Appointment Mgt and Schedule Management Activity Guide NF
16 pages
Ups Worldship: User Guide
No ratings yet
Ups Worldship: User Guide
34 pages
Fedex Smartpost Guide: Fedex Ship Manager Software
No ratings yet
Fedex Smartpost Guide: Fedex Ship Manager Software
13 pages
Key Questions: Fedex'S Infrastruc Ture
No ratings yet
Key Questions: Fedex'S Infrastruc Ture
15 pages
Dydacomp's Multichannel Order Manager 6.2 Setup Guide
No ratings yet
Dydacomp's Multichannel Order Manager 6.2 Setup Guide
309 pages
05-Transportation Mgmt
No ratings yet
05-Transportation Mgmt
5 pages
Fed Ex
No ratings yet
Fed Ex
20 pages
Building Websites with VB.NET and DotNetNuke 4
From Everand
Building Websites with VB.NET and DotNetNuke 4
Daniel N. Egan
1/5 (1)
CompTIA Linux+ Powered by Linux Professional Institute Study Guide: Exam LX0-103 and Exam LX0-104
From Everand
CompTIA Linux+ Powered by Linux Professional Institute Study Guide: Exam LX0-103 and Exam LX0-104
Christine Bresnahan
3.5/5 (3)
2019 California Journalism Awards - Sports Section (The Desert Sun)
No ratings yet
2019 California Journalism Awards - Sports Section (The Desert Sun)
40 pages
Math Com
No ratings yet
Math Com
6 pages
MacAlister of Glenbarr and Cour and Others
100% (3)
MacAlister of Glenbarr and Cour and Others
16 pages
ACMV
No ratings yet
ACMV
12 pages
Rotating Packed Bed Reactor
No ratings yet
Rotating Packed Bed Reactor
17 pages
SSVF 1
No ratings yet
SSVF 1
4 pages
SNA Unit Plan Running Wild
No ratings yet
SNA Unit Plan Running Wild
23 pages
Purecn: Copy Number Calling and SNV Classification Using Targeted Short Read Sequencing
No ratings yet
Purecn: Copy Number Calling and SNV Classification Using Targeted Short Read Sequencing
13 pages
Freebie
No ratings yet
Freebie
16 pages
Mehmud Industries (PVT (1) .) LTD (18tons)
No ratings yet
Mehmud Industries (PVT (1) .) LTD (18tons)
4 pages
FY 2024 Submission Requirements and Budget Preparation Calendar
No ratings yet
FY 2024 Submission Requirements and Budget Preparation Calendar
18 pages
Week 6 Note
No ratings yet
Week 6 Note
5 pages
NW Lec 8
No ratings yet
NW Lec 8
35 pages
Barriers (Activity)
No ratings yet
Barriers (Activity)
3 pages
Partup Presentation by Slidesgo
No ratings yet
Partup Presentation by Slidesgo
52 pages
Flyer - Become A Member
No ratings yet
Flyer - Become A Member
2 pages
02-Dekiemtra Y10
No ratings yet
02-Dekiemtra Y10
5 pages
Mixed Farming
No ratings yet
Mixed Farming
15 pages
St1 English 5 q4
No ratings yet
St1 English 5 q4
4 pages
Employer Portal Guide Pension
No ratings yet
Employer Portal Guide Pension
40 pages
Chapter 8 - Individual Variation in Drug Responses
100% (3)
Chapter 8 - Individual Variation in Drug Responses
3 pages
Chapter 7
No ratings yet
Chapter 7
22 pages
Chapter II.9
No ratings yet
Chapter II.9
16 pages
The Rift Chronicles
No ratings yet
The Rift Chronicles
53 pages
Homework Contract For High School
100% (1)
Homework Contract For High School
8 pages
PESTEL Analysis & Uses in Finance
No ratings yet
PESTEL Analysis & Uses in Finance
9 pages
Fluid - Mechanics Kundu 2012 5th PDF
No ratings yet
Fluid - Mechanics Kundu 2012 5th PDF
3 pages
Shutterfly Photo Book Usability Questions: To Access The RLO Either
No ratings yet
Shutterfly Photo Book Usability Questions: To Access The RLO Either
4 pages
Basic Water Rescue and Survival Training
No ratings yet
Basic Water Rescue and Survival Training
3 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.